Quarterlytics / Palace Capital plc

Palace Capital plc

pca · LSE
Claim this profile
Ticker pca
Exchange LSE
Sector
Industry
Employees 11-50
← All annual reports
FY2023 Annual Report · Palace Capital plc
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Regional property

Annual Report and Accounts 2023

Our strategy 
is to focus on 
maximising 
cash returns to 
shareholders, 
whilst continuing 
to remain mindful 
of consolidation 
in the Real Estate 
sector.

Contents

STRATEGIC REPORT
Interim Executive  
Chairman’s statement
At a glance highlights
Repositioning our portfolio
Strategy in action
Active asset management
Top 10 properties by value 
Business model
Our marketplace overview
Our sectors overview 
Operational review
Chief Financial Officer’s report
Financial review
Key performance indicators
Risk management
Section 172 statement
ESG introduction
Working responsibly our ESG 
environmental
TCFD being a responsible business
ESG improving the environmental 
performance of our assets

02
04
05
06
08
11
12
14
15
16
17
18
22
24
30
33

34
35

37

38
40
41
42
43

GOVERNANCE
Corporate Governance Report
Governance Overview
Board of Directors
Executive Committee
Governance Framework
Board composition and division of 
44
responsibilities
Board performance evaluation
45
Board activities and committee attendance 46
47
Nomination Committee report
Environmental Social and Governance 
49
Committee report
51
Audit and Risk Committee report
54
Directors’ remuneration report
56
Remuneration policy
Annual remuneration report
60
Directors’ report and additional disclosures 68
Statement of Directors’ responsibilities
70
Independent Auditor’s report to the 
members of Palace Capital plc

71

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Consolidated Statement  
of Comprehensive Income
Consolidated Statement  
of Financial Position
Consolidated Statement  
of Changes in Equity
Consolidated Statement  
of Cash Flows
Notes to the Consolidated  
Financial Statements
Company Statement  
of Financial Position
Company Statement  
of Changes in Equity
Notes to the Company  
Financial Statements
Officers and Professional Advisors
Glossary

80

81

82

83

84

114

115

116
122
123

0 1

Interim executive
Chairman’s statement 

Focused on 
maximising 
cash 
returns to 
shareholders 

Adjusted PBT 

£7.6 million

Dividends paid or 
declared of

15.0 pence

Introduction and update on 
delivery of strategic objectives

I am pleased to present my Chairman’s 
statement on the results for the year 
ended 31 March 2023. This is my second 
statement on the annual results as 
Chairman of Palace Capital in what can 
only be described as a volatile and difficult 
year for the Company and for the property 
and financial markets.

The past year has been transformational 
both for the Company and for the 
wider macroeconomic and geo-political 
environment. The headwinds of the last 
twelve months are well documented, 
including the continued conflict in 
Ukraine, the UK’s cost of living crisis, rising 
interest rates and inflationary pressures. 
Such uncertainty and volatility in the 
economic environment has negatively 
impacted the property market, particularly 
with regard to the reduction in property 
valuations due to the significant increases 
in both short and long term interest rates.

In July 2022, it was announced by the 
Company that the Board’s strategy was 
to focus on maximising cash returns to 
shareholders, whilst continuing to remain 
mindful of consolidation in the Real Estate 
sector. As part of its considerations, several 
properties, including the industrial portfolio, 
were prepared and readied for sale. 

However, the ‘mini-budget’ in September 
2022 significantly accelerated the 
negative trends outlined above with the 
result that in October 2022, the Company 
announced that it had decided to 
pause the timing of significant disposals 
for the time being, although the sale 
of small, individual assets which lent 
themselves better to private buyers and 
special purchasers, would continue. 
Earlier this year it became evident that 
property market sentiment and pricing 
was significantly improving from the 
position in the last quarter of 2022 and 
the Company capitalised on this trend by 
marketing for sale certain properties that 
would enable it to continue to reduce its 
debt and therefore remain focused on 
maximising cash returns to shareholders. 

On 5 May 2023 in its strategy and trading 
update, the Company announced the 
significant disposal of six industrial assets 
for £34.0 million at a NIY of 6.2%, 3.0% 
ahead of 31 March 2023 book value of 
£33.0 million as well as the exchange of 
contracts for the sale of an Aldi supermarket 
in Gosport for £5.6 million at a NIY of 5.5%, 
7.3% ahead of the 31 March 2023 valuation. 

Disposal activity has continued and we 
have recently exchanged contracts for 
the sale of Millbarn Medical Centre at 
Beaconsfield for £1.5 million, 87.5% 
ahead of the March 2023 book value 
of £0.8 million. The Company has also 
exchanged contracts for the sale of 
Princeton House, Farnborough for  
£2.3 million, which is 31.7% ahead of the 
31 March 2023 valuation. Both properties 
are expected to complete in July. 

The Company expects to announce 
further investment property disposals in 
a Trading Update to be released ahead 
of the Company’s AGM on 26 July 2023 
assuming that those sales currently under 
offer are successfully executed.

Further progress was also achieved with 
residential sales at Hudson Quarter, York 
where a further 23 apartment sales were 
completed for £10.1 million. A further  
five apartment sales have completed for 
£2.2 million since the year end leaving  
18 units remaining.

Since the change of strategy announced on 
19 July 2022, disposals (either completed 
or exchanged) have generated proceeds 
of £54.5 million, a 9% reduction over the 
March 2022 valuation, which was the peak 
of the current property cycle. If disposals are 
compared with the relevant March valuation 
prior to sale, the result is an increase of 5% 
ahead of such valuation. 

0 2

PALACE CAPITAL PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023Operationally, the business remains 
robust. The team has been proactive in 
implementing asset management plans 
to increase income, reduce void costs and 
improve our ESG performance, including 
EPCs, as set out in the Operating 
Review. Rent collection remains high and 
occupancy levels remain resilient.

In terms of managing our own costs, as 
previously announced, measures to reduce 
the level of administration expenses have 
been implemented and are continuing. 
Annualised cost savings are now over  
£1.4 million. These cost savings represent 
30% of FY22 administrative expenses and 
19% of FY22 EPRA earnings. 

During the financial year, the Company 
announced two share buyback programmes 
and purchased 2.6 million shares. The 
accretion to 2023 EPRA NTA was 8.0 pence 
per share. Since 1 April a further 0.5 million 
shares have been purchased. The total cash 
returned to shareholders from the buyback 
programmes to date is £7.9 million.

Overview of results

The Group’s adjusted profit before tax 
decreased slightly to £7.6 million (2022: 
£7.8 million) principally due to higher 
finance costs offset by an increase in net 
rental income and a reduction in recurring 
administration expenses. Trading profits 
from the sale of residential units realised 
£0.5 million (2022: £3.8 million) whilst profits 
from investment property sales contributed 
£0.8 million (2022: £4.9 million).

The deficit on the revaluation of the 
portfolio for the year of £42.9 million was 
due to softening yields across the whole 
portfolio although disposals since 31 
March 2023 have demonstrated that some 
value has been recovered and realised.

Contractual payments to the former Chief 
Executive and Executive Property Director 
of £1.8 million, including associated costs, 
have been treated as an exceptional item. 

The aggregation of the profits and losses 
described in the preceding paragraphs 
account for the decrease in profit before tax 
reported under IFRS to a loss for the year of 
£35.8 million (2022: £24.6 million profit).

Principally as a result of the revaluation deficit 
on the portfolio, offset by the 8 pence per 
share share-buyback accretion, EPRA NTA 
per share decreased by 24.1% to 296 pence 
per share (2022: 390 pence per share).

The Group’s balance sheet has been 
significantly strengthened following the 
£37.5 million reduction in gross debt 
during the year to £64.3 million. Cash 
reserves were £5.5 million resulting in  
net debt of £58.8 million. Post period  
end and on completion of the disposal  
of currently contracted sales proforma 
gross and net debt are expected to be  
c.£34 million and c.£20 million respectively 
equating to a proforma LTV of c.13%.

Dividend 

The Group paid or declared dividends of 
15.0 pence per share (2022: 13.25 pence 
per share) in relation to the year ended 31 
March 2023, including a proposed final 
fourth quarter dividend of 3.75 pence per 
share. The total dividend of 15.0 pence 
per share is covered 114% by adjusted 
earnings per share. The final dividend of 
3.75 pence per share will be paid, subject 
to shareholder approval at the AGM 
being held on 26 July 2023, on 4 August 
2023 to shareholders on the register at 
7 July 2023. The entire dividend will be 
paid as a Property Income Distribution.

Environmental, Social and 
Governance (“ESG”)

The Company remains committed to 
responsible business and ESG matters, 
which are at the forefront of stakeholders’ 
considerations. Further details on the 
approach to responsible business can  
be found in the ESG section and on  
the website.

Board changes

On 14 June 2022, Neil Sinclair stepped 
down as Chief Executive and I was 
appointed Interim Executive Chairman. 
As announced on 19 July 2022, in light of 
the amended strategy, Paula Dillon, Kim 
Taylor- Smith and Mickola Wilson stepped 
down as Independent Non-Executive 
Directors. Mark Davies was appointed 
as an Independent Non-Executive 
Director and in addition was appointed 
Chair of the Audit and Risk Committee, 
Remuneration Committee and Senior 
Independent Director on 1 August 2022. 
Richard Starr stepped down as Executive 
Property Director on 12 August 2022. 

Given its low leverage, 
the Company remains 
well placed regarding 
strategic initiatives 
including various options 
for the return of capital 
to shareholders” 
Steven Owen

Outlook

The year ahead is likely to be further 
affected by continuing macroeconomic 
and geo-political uncertainty although the 
inflation outlook in the UK is expected to 
improve. The increases in interest rates 
have adversely impacted the commercial 
property market in relation to investment 
activity resulting in a re-pricing of assets 
as evidenced by recent transactions and 
published valuations. Notwithstanding 
this, the occupational market has 
remained resilient as evidenced by the 
increases over estimated rental values 
obtained on lettings, lease renewals 
and rent reviews together with a stable 
occupancy rate and high rent collection 
which demonstrates the resilience of the 
portfolio.

As previously announced, the Board’s 
strategy remains focused on maximising 
cash returns to shareholders, whilst 
continuing to remain mindful of 
consolidation in the Real Estate sector. As 
part of its considerations, certain properties 
are either being marketed for sale or are 
being prepared and readied for sale whilst 
other properties are undergoing asset 
management initiatives in order to prepare 
them for sale at a future date. Given its 
low leverage, the Company remains well 
placed in terms of flexibility and optionality 
regarding the timing of its disposal 
programme and other strategic initiatives, 
including various options for the return of 
capital to shareholders.

It is expected that further progress will 
be announced in a Trading Update to be 
released on 26 July prior to the AGM. 

Steven Owen

Interim Executive Chairman

0 3

STRATEGIC REPORTAt a glance
highlights

£128.5m

Net asset value

£7.6m

Adjusted profit before tax

(11.6)%

Total property return

31%

LTV

£192.4m

Property portfolio (see note 9)

296p

EPRA net tangible assets 
per share

£15.7m

Contractual rental income

87.7%

EPRA occupancy

4.8 years

Weighted average lease  
length to break 

0 4

PALACE CAPITAL PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023Repositioning
our portfolio

Our portfolio at 
31 March 2022

9.0%

3.8%

£259.0m

Portfolio value

37

Number of properties

C

Average EPC Rating

9.1%

14.3%

16.7%

47.1%

 Offices 

 Industrial 

 Leisure 

 Residential 

 Retail 

 Retail Warehouse

Our portfolio at 
31 March 2023

6.1%

3.7%

6.6%

£192.4m

Portfolio value

31

Number of properties

C

Average EPC Rating

15.2%

18.7%

49.7%

 Offices 

 Industrial 

 Leisure 

 Residential 

 Retail 

 Retail Warehouse

0 5

STRATEGIC REPORTStrategy 
in Action

Disposals Strategy

As part of the ongoing strategy to maximise cash returns to 
shareholders, certain properties are either being marketed for 
sale or are being prepared and readied for sale whilst other 
properties are undergoing asset management initiatives in order 
to prepare them for sale at a future date.

During the year, eight investment properties were sold for  
£15.6 million at an average 8% ahead of the 31 March 2022 
book value.

On 5 May 2023, the Company announced in a strategy and 
trading update the significant disposal of six industrial assets 
for £34.0 million at a NIY of 6.2%, 3.0% ahead of 31 March 
2023 book value of £33.0 million. Five of the properties have 
now completed and the sixth is expected to complete in early 
July. The Company has also completed the sale of an Aldi 
supermarket, in Gosport, for £5.6 million at a NIY of 5.5%, 7.3% 
ahead of the 31 March 2023 valuation.

Since 5 May, the Company has exchanged contracts for the 
sale of Millbarn Medical Centre at Beaconsfield for £1.5 million, 
87.5% ahead of the March 2023 book value of £0.8 million.

The Company has also exchanged contracts for the sale of 
Princeton House, Farnborough for £2.3 million, which is 31.7% 
ahead of the 31 March 2023 valuation. Both properties are 
expected to complete in July. 

Warren House, Thame

The Company expects to announce further investment property 
disposals in a Trading Update to be released ahead of the 
Company’s AGM on 26 July assuming that those sales currently 
under offer are successfully executed.

Further progress was also achieved with residential sales at 
Hudson Quarter, York where a further 23 apartment sales were 
completed for a total of £10.1 million. A further five apartment 
sales have completed for £2.2 million since the year end leaving 
18 units remaining.

Since the change of strategy announced on 19 July 2022, 
disposals (either completed or exchanged) have generated 
proceeds of £54.5 million, a 9% reduction over the March 2022 
valuation which was the peak of the current property cycle. If 
disposals are compared with the relevant March valuation prior to 
sale, the result is an increase of 5% ahead of such valuation. 

Office

Sale Price

£1.6m

Variance to March 2022 Book Value
+12%

Asset Management

Purchased in 2017 as part of the Warren 
Acquisition. Prior to sale a new 10-year 
term certain was achieved at a 21% uplift to 
headline rent.

0 6

PALACE CAPITAL PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023127 Above Bar St, Southampton

St Modwen Rd, Plymouth

Retail

Sale Price

£3.8m

Variance to March 2022 Book Value
+21%

Asset Management

Long leasehold interest purchased as part 
of the Signal Portfolio in 2013, comprising a 
multi-let retail and leisure scheme. The freehold 
was acquired in 2021 for £2m (when the long 
leasehold had c.14 years unexpired), allowing the 
Group to benefit from significant marriage value 
on disposal of the combined interest.

Industrial

Sale Price

£3.2m

Variance to March 2022 Book Value
-3%

Asset Management

Purchased as part of the PIH portfolio in 2014, 
a single let industrial unit. SIG has been in 
occupation since 2005 and the lease was 
renewed for 10 years (5 year break) in July 2021, 
achieving a 27% increase in headline rent.

0 7

STRATEGIC REPORTActive asset
management

The asset management team have 
continued to work diligently with 
existing and prospective occupiers and 
our advisors to drive value through 
leasing activity across the portfolio.
There have been 45 lease events completed totalling 228,000 
sq ft of space, 11% above the 31 March 2022 ERV, generating 
£1.1 million of additional annualised contracted rent, which 
demonstrates the strong reversionary potential within the 
portfolio. The 45 lease events can be analysed as: 

•  14 new lettings, 14% above ERV generating £0.8 million of 

additional annualised income,

•  15 lease renewals, 8% above ERV generating £0.1 million of 

additional annualised income and 

•  16 rent reviews, 12% above ERV generating £0.2 million of 

additional annualised income. 

In addition, void savings from new lettings was £0.3 million resulting 
in a total of £1.4 million of annualised net rental income created. 
This asset management activity has contributed to the Company 
outperforming the MSCI UK Quarterly Property Index over FY23.

Portfolio asset management activity continues to improve the 
EPC (Energy Performance Certificate) profile across the portfolio 
- 96.2% of the portfolio is now rated A-D and 72.2% is rated A-C 
(31 March 2022: 88.8% and 55.2% respectively).

New lettings in the year included:

•  15 year lease without break at Sol, Northampton let to Chi, an 
aspirational F&B operator at £85,000pa (with turnover top up) 
107% above the March 2022 ERV. The unit had been vacant 
for over 5 years.

•  5 year lease on ground and lower ground at Regency House, 

Winchester to Ward Williams Associates at £47,081pa, 15% 
above the March 2022 ERV.

•  10 year lease at Verwood of two units at a rent of £68,600pa 

equivalent to £8.75psf which set a new rental tone for the estate.

0 8

PALACE CAPITAL PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023Admiral House & Nicholson Gate, Fareham   |  Office

Two adjoining office buildings, totalling 13,017 sq ft on a 
total site area of 1.298 acres. The site has been granted 
planning consent for the change of use to allow a new build 
high quality 75 bed residential care home scheme, resulting 
in a significant valuation increase.

Sandringham House, Harlow   |  Office

Exela Technologies’ lease of the whole building expires 
in November 2027 with a lease break in November 2024 
and after dialogue post year end the tenant has agreed to 
remove the break, which increases term certain by 3 years. 

Point Four Industrial Estate, Avonmouth   |  Industrial

The estate is now fully occupied following recent asset 
management activity which has pushed the new rental tone 
for the estate greater than £9psf. Garland Roofing leased 
unit 5 (7,152 sq ft) at a rent of £9.02psf which is a 14% 
premium to ERV. Value was also generated in the successful 
uplift at the August 2022 rent review at unit 7b to £8.81psf, 
which was a 46% premium to ERV. 

25 & 27 Black Moor Road, Verwood   |  Industrial

Several asset management initiatives have completed at this 
multi let industrial estate, including a lease renewal to the 
key anchor tenant Global Filters a 10 year term (break at year 
5) at a rent of £8.25psf which was 53% above the previous 
passing rent. 

0 9

STRATEGIC REPORTActive asset
management

22 Market Street, Maidenhead   |  Office

We have worked closely with the main office tenant 
Techtronic Industries and post year end successfully removed 
their break in August 2026 and extended their lease from 
August 2031 to August 2034 at an annual rent of £718,474. 
Maximising the term certain to over 11 years will be value 
accretive.

High Street, Sutton   |  Office

Sutton Housing Partnership (who manage council housing 
stock on behalf of Sutton Council) occupy all the office 
accommodation and they renewed their lease for a term of 
5 years with no break at a rent of £282,500pa which is in line 
with ERV.

Sol, Northampton   |  Leisure

Providence Bay Restaurants Ltd (t/a Chi) acquired units 6a&b 
(4,833 sq ft) for a term of 15 years at a base rent of £85,000 
pa / £17.50 psf (with turnover top up) which was a 107% 
premium to ERV. The scheme is now 98% occupied.

Imperial House, Leamington Spa   |  Office

The property is occupied by Ubisoft (9,985 sq ft) and Altair 
Engineering (8,322 sq ft) who have both renewed their leases 
for a further 5 years at £190,000pa (12% premium to ERV) 
and £143,850pa (in line with ERV) respectively. 

1 0

PALACE CAPITAL PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023Top 10 properties
by value at 31st March 2023

Halifax
Area – 117,767 sq ft

Rental income: £2.0m p.a. 

Broad Street Plaza is a dominant city 
centre leisure scheme anchored by a 
ten-screen Vue cinema, TGI Fridays, 
Wetherspoons and PureGym.

Distance from train station: 
 12 min

 0.5m 

Northampton
Area – 186,552 sq ft

Rental income: £1.6m p.a.

Dominant city centre leisure scheme 
incorporating a Vue cinema, Ibis hotel, 
Gravity Fitness and Chi

Distance from train station: 

 0.2m 

 4 min

Manchester
Area – 76,420 sq ft

Rental income: £0.8m p.a.

Boulton House is an eight-storey office 
block in Manchester city centre within 
walking distance of Piccadilly mainline 
station.

Distance from train station: 

 0.3m 

 7 min

Maidenhead
Area – 21,852 sq ft

Rental income (post rent free period): 
£0.8m p.a.

Fully let, three storey office building 
with EPC rating of B. Includes two 
small retail units on the ground floor.

Distance from train station: 

 0.4m 

 4 min

Avonmouth
Area – 81,154 sq ft

Rental income: £0.6m p.a.

Multi-let industrial estate. Two vacant 
units were let post year end bringing 
occupancy to 100%.

Distance from train station: 

 1.1m 

 5 min

Newcastle upon Tyne
Area – 99,125 sq ft

Rental income: £1.2m p.a.

Multi-let office block in the city centre 
with existing tenants including UBS, 
Somerset Bridge and The National 
Lottery.

Distance from train station: 

 0.3m 

 6 min

York
Area – 38,796 sq ft

Rental income: £0.7m p.a.

Hudson Quarter is a residential and 
office development within York’s city 
walls comprising 127 apartments 
and grade A office space. The office 
development is 82% let, with tenants 
including Arcadis, GRJ and JM Finn.

Distance from train station: 

 0.1m 

 2 min

Liverpool
Area – 70,161 sq ft

Rental income: £1.1m p.a. 

City centre office and retail property 
with tenants including Tesco, Pret, 
Medicash and Exchange Chambers.

99% occupied and let.

Distance from train station: 
 11 min

 0.5m 

Milton Keynes
Area – 52,819 sq ft

Rental income: £0.8m p.a.

Three buildings are let to Rockwell and 
BMI at low passing rents with potential 
for rental growth.

Distance from train station: 

 2.9m 

 8 min

Coventry
Area – 77,750 sq ft

Rental income: £0.4m p.a.

Single let industrial unit and  
ancillary parking

Distance from train station: 

 2.4m 

 7 min

1 1

STRATEGIC REPORTBusiness
model

Key Resources:                         

What we do:                                                                                                  

Value created:                           

S e e   p a g e  8 
t o   re a d   m o re   o n 
A c t i ve   a s s e t   m a n a g e m e n t

n t

e m e

g

ctive Asset M a n a

A

T

i

m

e

l

y

A

s

s

e

t 

R

e

alisation

Our people

•  Property and financial expertise

•  Smaller Board and new Executive 
Committee constituted in the year

•  Values of being: active, astute and 

ambitious 

•  A culture of demonstrable commitment, 

resilience and strong team ethos supports 
the delivery of the strategy 

Our portfolio

•  Resilient rent collection and returns

•  Value-added assets with future growth 

potential

•  Potential development or refurbishment 

optionality for the longer term

Our funding

•  Strong balance sheet with reduced levels 
of debt following bank debt repayments 
and appropriate LTV debt level

•  Core portfolio cash generation supporting 

dividend

•  Lease lengths in excess of bank 

maturity dates

•  Strong relationships with core UK 

clearing banks

1 2

E

n

g

a

g

e

E n hance

Investors

Strong asset management and disposals enable debt 

repayment and return cash to shareholders via share buyback 

of £6.7m and dividends of 15p per share.

13.2% 

% dividend  

increase

8p

accretion per share  

from buyback

Tenants

•  Ongoing engagement with tenants 

•  We create space for modern requirements

•  We aim to ensure our refurbishments are  

environmentally efficient

99%

Rent collection

141

Tenants

Our people

•  Fair reward for company and individual successes

•  Annual bonus and competitive overall remuneration packages

•  Diverse backgrounds, age and experience 

•  Three directors and eight other members of staff of whom 

seven are men (including senior managers) and one woman

10%

Average employee 

pension contribution

100%

Full time employees 

receiving a bonus 

The environment

Continuous focus on upgrading our portfolio and working 

with tenants to protect the immediate and wider environment

96%

4%

EPC of A–D in 

EPC of E and F  

EPC of G in 

portfolio

in portfolio

0%

portfolio

PALACE CAPITAL PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023 
Key Resources:                         

What we do:                                                                                                  

Value created:                           

Our people

•  Property and financial expertise

•  Smaller Board and new Executive 

Committee constituted in the year

•  Values of being: active, astute and 

ambitious 

•  A culture of demonstrable commitment, 

resilience and strong team ethos supports 

the delivery of the strategy 

Our portfolio

•  Resilient rent collection and returns

•  Value-added assets with future growth 

potential

•  Potential development or refurbishment 

optionality for the longer term

Our funding

•  Strong balance sheet with reduced levels 

of debt following bank debt repayments 

and appropriate LTV debt level

•  Core portfolio cash generation supporting 

•  Lease lengths in excess of bank 

•  Strong relationships with core UK 

dividend

maturity dates

clearing banks

n t

e m e

g

ctive Asset M a n a

A

T

i

m

e

l

y

A

s

s

e

t 

R

e

alisation

E

n

g

a

g

e

E n hance

S e e   p a g e  6 
t o   re a d   m o re   o n 
T i m e l y   a s s e t   re a l i s a t i o n

Investors

Strong asset management and disposals enable debt 
repayment and return cash to shareholders via share buyback 
of £6.7m and dividends of 15p per share.

13.2% 

% dividend  
increase

8p

accretion per share  
from buyback

Tenants

•  Ongoing engagement with tenants 

•  We create space for modern requirements

•  We aim to ensure our refurbishments are  

environmentally efficient

99%

Rent collection

141

Tenants

Our people

•  Fair reward for company and individual successes

•  Annual bonus and competitive overall remuneration packages

•  Diverse backgrounds, age and experience 

•  Three directors and eight other members of staff of whom 
seven are men (including senior managers) and one woman

10%

Average employee 
pension contribution

100%

Full time employees 
receiving a bonus 

The environment

Continuous focus on upgrading our portfolio and working 
with tenants to protect the immediate and wider environment

96%

EPC of A–D in 
portfolio

4%

EPC of E and F  
in portfolio

0%

EPC of G in 
portfolio

1 3

STRATEGIC REPORT 
Our marketplace
Overview

The regions and our properties

We are a London Stock Exchange Premium listed REIT with 
our properties located in English regional towns and cities with 
strong local and national infrastructure. Our diversified portfolio 
consists of income producing assets including offices, industrial, 
leisure, retail and retail warehouse properties, and residential 
apartments in York.

Our aim is to actively manage the portfolio and improve returns 
through strategic asset management including lease re-gears, 
new lettings and refurbishments whilst timing disposals in line 
with business plans to maximise returns to shareholders. 

We pride ourselves on the strength of the relationships we have 
developed with our tenants, and we actively work with them to 
improve their physical environments.

Market conditions and the inflationary 
environment

There has been uncertainty across our markets across the last 
twelve months predominantly down to the impact of central 
banks raising interest rates to combat inflation which has led to 
the highest borrowing costs since 2008. This has led to a decline 
in transaction volumes with buyer sentiment negatively affected 
and this has impacted property valuations across all commercial 
sectors with industrial and offices particularly affected.

There have been signs in early 2023 that sentiment is returning 
to the investment market, especially in the industrial sector, 
where there remains a significant lack of supply and positive 
rental growth prospects. This has been evident in the successful 
disposals the Group has completed from which significant 
proceeds have been allocated towards debt payment.

The war in Ukraine has been at the centre of increasing geo-
political tensions which has caused volatility in commodity 
prices resulting in a significant increase in energy & food prices 
and construction costs with supply chain issues a main reason 
behind the rapid rise in inflation. Inflation has caused a reduction 
in discretionary spend as people cope with higher utility and 
increased grocery bills, which is impacting the leisure sector. 

We are mindful that this affects both landlords and tenants 
directly and we have continued to work closely with our tenants 
to navigate through the uncertain economic environment.

ESG

Globally, the real estate sector is a major contributor to GHG 
emissions, and ESG remains key to responsible strategies. 
Premiums are being achieved in the investment market 
for buildings with strong ESG credentials and increasingly 
both landlords and occupiers are demanding good energy 
performance and targeting lower emissions whilst creating 
adaptable and sustainable built environments to satisfy their  
ESG requirements.

We have been focusing on improving the energy performance 
of our portfolio working alongside our tenants and have seen 
significant improvement in EPC grades. We are also mindful of 
opportunities across the portfolio to enhance amenities and the 
physical environment for our tenants with an understanding that 
these initiatives are necessary to maintain and improve portfolio 
performance.

1 4

PALACE CAPITAL PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023Our sectors 
Overview as at 31 March 2023

Offices

Leisure

The office sector continues to see a flight to quality as occupiers 
navigate the complexities of hybrid working models. Since the 
pandemic, we are seeing employees return to the office and 
it is expected that this trend will continue, albeit it is widely 
recognised that the sector has undergone a structural change in 
regards to hybrid working.

We are also seeing an increasing emphasis from occupiers on 
creating attractive working environments to draw people into 
their place of work and help retain talent. This has resulted in a 
trend of occupiers being willing to pay substantial premium rents 
for best in class space. There is a general shortage of Grade A 
supply and a limited development pipeline in most regional City 
centres, which we believe will be only exacerbated by the rise in 
construction costs and debt financing.

Our office holdings make up 49.7% of the portfolio at 31 March 
2023 and are located in well connected City and town centre 
locations. 

High inflation and the cost of living crisis has reduced 
discretionary spend, disproportionately affecting the sector and 
investor sentiment. 

Despite this, trading at both cinemas in the portfolio has 
improved and a significant restaurant letting was completed 
at Sol, Northampton. Our leisure assets make up 15.2% of the 
portfolio as at 31 March 2023.

Retail

Inflation, interest rates and the economic backdrop have led to 
a near all time low in consumer confidence on the High Street. 
Investor demand remains focused on prime pitches in core 
trading locations, with particular sensitivity to rents that have  
not been rebased. Retail makes up 6.1% of the portfolio at  
31 March 2023 across three assets where we have continued  
to maintain high occupation levels.

Industrial

Retail Warehousing

The industrial sector has seen a rebalancing from the record 
capital growth of the last few years. Inflation and increased 
business rates from April 2023 have also contributed to a 
steadying of the occupational market. Despite this, rental growth 
is still being registered in regional markets, particular for small 
and medium size units. 

Our industrial holdings made up 18.7% of the portfolio as at 31 
March 2023. Despite the fall in capital values across the industrial 
sector, occupational demand continues to be resilient, as 
demonstrated by significant rental reversions being achieved at 
Point Four, Avonmouth & Black Moor Road, Verwood.

We believe that retail warehousing values have fallen from the 
peak of Q1 2022. Despite this, the occupier market particularly 
has been resilient and vacancy rates are substantially lower than 
in-town and high street retail. This has led to upward pressure on 
rents in good locations. The investment market has also become 
more active in 2023 with a number of institutional investors 
focusing on the asset class. 

Our holding, representing 3.7% of the portfolio as at 31 March 
2023, are fully let to robust, well performing tenants and are in 
desirable South East locations. 

1 5

STRATEGIC REPORTOperational
review

£1.1 million of additional 
annualised rent in the year

Summary of the year

Operationally, the business remains robust. The team has been 
proactive in implementing asset management plans to increase 
income, reduce void costs and improve our ESG performance, 
including EPCs. Rent collection remains strong and occupancy 
levels remain resilient.

Total rent collection for the 12 months to 31 March 2023  
was 99% (2022: 98%). During the year ended 31 March 2023,  
the Company disposed of eight investment properties for  
£15.6 million, 8% ahead of the 31 March 2022 book value.

Apartment sales at Hudson Quarter, York have continued since  
1 April 2023, with a further five apartment sales having completed 
to the value of £2.2 million. There are 18 units remaining.

Asset Management

There have been 45 lease events completed totalling 228,000 
sq ft of space, 11% above the 31 March 2022 ERV, generating 
£1.1 million of additional annualised contracted rent, which 
demonstrates the strong reversionary potential within the 
portfolio. The 45 lease events can be analysed as: 

•  14 new lettings, 14% above ERV generating £0.8 million of 

additional annualised income,

•  15 lease renewals, 8% above ERV generating £0.1 million of 

additional annualised income,

•  16 rent reviews, 12% above ERV generating £0.2m of 

additional annualised income. 

In addition, void savings from new lettings was £0.3 million resulting 
in a total of £1.4 million of annualised net rental income created. 
This asset management activity has contributed to the Company 
outperforming the MSCI UK Quarterly Property Index over FY23.

Portfolio asset management activity continues to improve the 
EPC (Energy Performance Certificate) profile across the portfolio 
- 96.2% of the portfolio is now rated A-D and 72.2% is rated A-C 
(31 March 2022: 88.8% and 55.2% respectively).

New lettings in the year included:

•  15 year lease without break at Sol, Northampton let to Chi, 
an aspirational F&B operator at £85,000pa (with turnover 
top up) 107% above the March 2022 ERV. The unit had been 
vacant for over 5 years.

•  5 year lease on ground and lower ground at Regency House, 
Winchester to Ward Williams Associates at £47,081pa,  
15% above the March 2022 ERV.

•  10 year lease at Verwood of two units at a rent of £68,600pa 

equivalent to £8.75psf which set a new rental tone for the estate.

•  Three lettings at Museum Street, York for a combined rent 

of £97,900pa at an average WAULT to break of 4 years at an 
average premium to March 2022 ERV of 17%.

Notable lease renewals during the year were at:

•  Maidenhead, where the WAULT was extended from 3.5 years 

to 11.5 years.

•  Exeter, 10 years at £124,572pa, 8% above ERV.

•  Sutton, 5 years at £282,500pa, in line with the ERV.

•  Verwood, to the key anchor tenant Global Filters for a 10 year 
term at £130,290pa, 53% above the previous passing rent.

•  Leamington Spa, Imperial House where both tenants Ubisoft 
and Altair Engineering renewed their leases for a further  
5 years at £333,850 pa, an average of 6% above ERV. 

These successful asset management initiatives are part of the 
process of creating value and preparing assets for sale, the timing 
of which is within the control of the Company. 

Portfolio overview 

Following the recent disposal programme of carefully selected 
assets, as at 31 March 2023 the portfolio comprised 31 buildings 
(2022: 37) with 141 occupiers (2022: 164), of higher quality with 
improved EPC ratings and occupancy levels.

Our diversified portfolio has had a focus on the office and 
industrial sectors, which made up 68% of the total holdings as at 
31 March 2023. The remainder comprised leisure at 15%, retail 
and retail warehousing at 11% and residential at 6% (HQ York).

CBRE independently valued the portfolio as at 31 March 2023 
at £192.4 million, resulting in a deficit of 18.6% on a like-for-like 
basis compared with the valuation at 31 March 2022. The best 
performing sector was retail warehouse, increasing 5.8%. The 
largest declines were leisure at 20.9% and offices at 20.4%. The 
industrial assets were down 17.5% and retail declined 16.4%. This 
compares to declines in the market as provided by the MSCI UK 
Quarterly index of -15.4% for offices, with industrial asset declines 
of -23.2% and retail of -12.7%.

Portfolio value 
Net initial yield
Reversionary yield
Contractual rental income 
Estimated rental value 
WAULT to break 
EPRA vacancy rate

FY23

£192.4m
7.4%
9.6%
£15.7m
£18.8m
4.8 years
12.3%

FY22

£259.0m
5.6%
7.5%
£16.7m
£19.4m
4.7 years
11.5%

1 6

PALACE CAPITAL PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023Chief Financial Officer’s
Report

Disposal strategy 

Financial Overview

As part of the ongoing strategy to maximise cash returns to 
shareholders, certain properties are either being marketed for 
sale or are being prepared and readied for sale whilst other 
properties are undergoing asset management initiatives in order 
to prepare them for sale at a future date.

During the year, eight investment properties were sold for  
£15.6 million at an average 8% ahead of March 2022 book value. 

The Group’s adjusted profit before tax decreased by 2.6% to  
£7.6 million (2022: £7.8 million), and EPRA NTA per share by 
24.1% to 296 pence (2022: 390 pence). Against a backdrop 
of economic uncertainty, the Group continued to deliver at an 
operational level, by significantly reducing gross debt in a rising 
interest rate environment and making substantial progress in 
reducing administration costs, with £1.4 million of annualised  
cost savings made in the year.

The decrease in adjusted profit before tax to £7.6 million is 
principally due to the increase in interest rate costs and the 
loss of income through disposals in the year. However, this was 
largely offset by asset management letting activity increasing 
net rental income and a reduction in administration costs. In line 
with the strategy of returning capital to shareholders, the Group 
has increased the dividend paid or declared by 13.2% in the 
period to 15.0 pence per share (2022: 13.25 pence per share) and 
bought £6.7 million shares back in the year as part of the share 
buyback programme. The share buyback programme contributed 
0.6 pence per share to adjusted earnings per share, which 
increased to 17.1p (2022: 16.9p) whilst also increasing EPRA NTA 
by 8.0 pence per share. 

The £0.8 million (2022: £5.0 million) profit on disposal of eight 
investment properties, the £0.5 million realised profit on the 
sale of 23 residential units at Hudson Quarter and the fair value 
commercial property valuation deficit of £42.9 million (2022:  
£8.2 million surplus), contributed to the IFRS loss before tax of 
£35.8 million (2022: £24.6 million profit).

The fair value property revaluation deficit was largely as a result 
of the upward yield pressure driven by macroeconomic factors 
rather than underlying property performance as evidenced by a 
robust letting performance in the year, where asset management 
initiatives continue to drive rental growth above estimated rental 
values (ERV), contributing, amongst other factors, to an increase 
in adjusted earnings per share to 17.1p. The asset management 
performance in the year contributed to the Group outperforming 
the MSCI benchmark on a total property return basis, with the 
income outperformance being 3.1%. The Company MSCI total 
return for the year was -11.6% compared with -12.6% for the 
MSCI benchmark. 

On 5 May 2023, the Company announced in a strategy and 
trading update the significant disposal of six industrial assets 
for £34.0 million at a NIY of 6.2%, 3.0% ahead of 31 March 
2023 book value of £33.0 million. Five of the properties have 
now completed and the sixth is expected to complete in early 
July. The Company has also completed the sale of an Aldi 
supermarket, in Gosport, for £5.6 million at a NIY of 5.5%, 7.3% 
ahead of the 31 March 2023 valuation.

The Company has, since 5 May, exchanged contracts for the 
sale of Millbarn Medical Centre at Beaconsfield for £1.5 million, 
87.5% ahead of the March 2023 book value of £0.8 million. The 
Company has also exchanged contracts for the sale of Princeton 
House, Farnborough for £2.3 million, which is 31.7% ahead of 
the 31 March 2023 valuation. Both properties are expected to 
complete in July.

Apartment sales at Hudson Quarter, York continued to progress, 
despite the uncertain economic backdrop. During the year ended 
31 March 2023 the Company completed on 23 apartments 
for a total of £10.1 million, bringing the total residential and 
investment property sales for the year to £25.7 million.

Post 31 March 2023, total residential and investment sales 
exchanged or completed currently stand at £45.6 million and 
as a result, since the change of strategy announced on 19 July 
2022, disposals (either completed or exchanged) have generated 
proceeds of £54.5 million, a 9% reduction over the March 2022 
valuation (which was the peak of the current property cycle) or 5% 
ahead when compared with the relevant March valuation prior 
to sale.

ESG 

In line with stakeholder requirements, buildings and occupiers 
increasingly need to improve their ESG impact. This includes 
fulfilling sustainable criteria in line with the Paris Accord net  
zero targets.

Central to this is the continuous improvement of our EPC ratings. 
The minimum rating within our portfolio as at 31 March 2023 is F 
at Bank House, Leeds. It is encouraging that 96.2% of our EPC’s 
are rated A – D (2022: 88.8%). 

ESG is embedded in our business and decision making. Our 
asset management initiatives and capital expenditure take into 
consideration the ESG benefits of improving buildings and we 
work with tenants to help them where possible reduce their utility 
costs, while improving the overall environmental impacts of our 
buildings and their use. Renewable electricity is used in 99% of 
landlord controlled properties.

1 7

STRATEGIC REPORTFinancial
review

Gross debt reduced by £37.5 million and annualised 
cost savings of £1.4 million were made in the year 

Financial highlights

Income growth

IFRS (loss)/profit before tax
Adjusted profit before tax
EPRA earnings
Basic EPS
EPRA EPS
Adjusted EPS
Dividend per share paid or declared
Capital growth

Portfolio like-for-like value
Net Asset Value
Basic NAV per share

EPRA NTA per share
Total accounting return
Total property return
Total shareholder return

The summary of the Group financial results are as follows:

Income statement summary

Income Statement

Gross property income (excluding Expected Credit Loss provision)

Property operating expenses

Expected Credit Loss provision

Net rental income

Recurring administration expenditure

Finance costs

Adjusted profit before tax

Tax

Adjusted profit after tax

Hudson Quarter development loan interest

Payments to former Directors (including associated costs)

Share based payments

EPRA earnings

(Loss)/gain on revaluations

Trading profit

Profit on disposal of investment properties

Other income statement movements

IFRS earnings

1 8

2023

2022

(£35.8m)
£7.6m
£5.7m
(80.2p)
12.7p
17.1p
15.00p

(18.6%)
£128.5m
294p

296p
(20.4%)
(11.6%)
(15.9%)

£24.6m
£7.8m
£7.4m
53.1p
16.0p
16.9p
13.25p

3.9%
£177.2m
383p

390p
14.8%
12.5%
21.1%

31 March  
2023 
£m

31 March 
2022 
£m

17.9

(2.6)

0.3

15.6

(4.1)

(3.9)

7.6

0.1

7.7

-

(1.8)

(0.2)

5.7

(42.9)

0.5

0.8

0.2

17.4

(2.6)

0.4

15.2

(4.4)

(3.0)

7.8

(0.1)

7.7

(0.2)

-

(0.1)

7.4

8.2

3.8

5.0

0.1

(35.7)

24.5

PALACE CAPITAL PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023Net rental income in the year increased marginally to £15.6 million (2022: £15.2 million). Despite the loss of income from disposals 
since 31 March 2022 of £1.4 million net rental income increased as a result of successful asset management initiatives. Property 
operating expenses remained stable at £2.6 million (2022: £2.6 million).

The Group has implemented measures to reduce its cost base, with annualised cost savings of £1.4 million being made in the year. 
These cost savings reflect changes in the board composition and a combination of other cost reduction measures, including the 
relocation of the head office in December 2022. The cost savings of £1.4 million represent 30% of FY22 administration expenses and 
19% of FY22 EPRA earnings. Due to the timing of the savings and various contract notices, the subsequent impact of these costs was 
only reflected in the latter months of FY23. This is reflected in the recurring administration costs reducing by £0.3 million to £4.1 million 
(2022: £4.4 million) in the period.

Non-recurring administration expenses in the period include £1.8 million of payments, including associated costs, paid to the former 
Chief Executive and Executive Property Director, who stepped down in the period, under the terms of their service contracts and the 
Company’s remuneration policy.

Finance costs increased by £0.9 million to £3.9 million (2022: £3.0 million) in the year, as a result of our swaps maturing and the Bank of 
England increasing interest rates in response to rising inflation. 

In accordance with IFRS 9, in relation to the expected credit loss, we have assessed the risk of recoverability of our rental arrears. We 
reversed £0.3 million of rental arrears from trade receivables to the income statement in the financial period. This included a reversal 
of the £0.1 million bad debt provision made at 30 September 2022, as rent collection remained strong at 99% throughout the year as 
tenant financial covenant health remained robust through the economic uncertainty.

Total demanded

Total collected

Outstanding 

Current collection rates

Quarter 
starting  
Mar 22  
£m

Quarter 
starting  
Jun 22  
£m

Quarter 
starting  
Sep 22  
£m

Quarter 
starting  
Dec 22 
 £m

Year ended 
31 Mar 23 
 £m

4.0

4.0

-

99%

4.1

4.0

0.1

99%

4.1

4.1

-

99%

4.0

4.0

-

99%

16.2

16.1

0.1

99%

The March 2023 quarter rent collection rates remain robust at 99%, displaying a continuation of the strong rent collection seen 
throughout the year.

Shareholder value 

EPRA Net Tangible Assets(“NTA”) decreased by 94 pence per 
share or 24.1% to 296 pence (2022: 390 pence) during the year. 
This was largely due to the revaluation deficit of £42.9 million or 
96.4 pence per share, or an 18.6% reduction in the portfolio on a 
like-for-like basis. 

Other movements to note include the buyback of shares of  
£6.7 million, increasing EPRA NTA by 8.0 pence per share, the 
profit on disposal of assets and Hudson Quarter (HQ) trading 
profit of £1.3 million, contributing 2.9 pence per share. These 
were offset by the fair value, downward adjustment of trading 
properties (HQ York residential) of £2.5 million, or 5.5 pence per 
share and the payments including associated costs to former 
Directors of £1.8 million reducing EPRA NTA by 4.1 pence per 
share. Conversely, net adjusted earnings, after dividends paid, 
increased EPRA NTA by a further 2.6 pence per share. Other 
movements contributed to a further reduction of 1.5 pence 
per share.

£37.5 million

reduction in gross debt

15.0 pence

dividends paid or declared  
in the year

£1.4 million

annualised cost  
savings introduced 

1 9

STRATEGIC REPORTFinancial
review (continued)

EPRA Net tangible asset bridging chart 

EPRA NTA per share movements in the year

17.1p

1.8p

1.1p

8.0p

(96.4p)

425p

400p

375p

350p

325p

300p

390.0p

275p

250p

225p

200p

(14.5p)

(5.5p)

(4.1p)

(1.5)

296.0p

EPRA NTA 
at 31 March 
2022

Share 
buybacks

Adjusted
profit 
before tax

Sale of 
investment 
properties

HQ 
trading 
profit

Property 
portfolio 
revaluation loss

Cash 
dividends 
paid

Fair value adj. 
of trading 
properties*

Payments to 
former Directors 
(inc.associated 
costs)

Other 
movements**

EPRA NTA 
at 31 March 
2023

* 

 HQ York residential development is carried in the books at lower of cost and net realisable value (NRV) and as the NRV was higher 
than the cost at 31 March 2022, EPRA NTA adjusts for the variance 

**   Other movements includes movement in treasury shares, cost of derivatives, debt termination costs, non-recurring loan interest, 

disposal of listed equity investments and the effect of increased number of shares in the year 

EPRA NTA Movement

EPRA NTA at 31 March 2022

Deferred Bonus Plan award

Share buyback

EPRA NTA after buyback

Adjusted earnings

Disposal of assets

Hudson Quarter trading profit

Property portfolio revaluation deficit excl. Bank House

Bank House revaluation deficit

Cash dividends paid

Fair value adj. of trading properties

Payments to former Directors including associated costs

Other movements

EPRA NTA at 31 March 2023 

2 0

No. of shares   
(diluted)

      Pence       
per share

£m

180.6

46,325,236

390.0p

0

(6.7)

 11,609

(2,608,633)

173.9

43,728,212

7.6

0.8

0.5

(35.5)

(7.4)

(6.5)

(2.5)

(1.8)

0.2

0

8.0p

398.0p

17.1p

1.8p

1.1p

(79.7p)

(16.7p)

(14.5p)

(5.5p)

(4.1p)

(1.5p)

129.3

43,728,212

296.0p

PALACE CAPITAL PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023The average cost of debt in the year increased to 5.8% (2022: 
3.2%) as a result of interest rate increases in the year. Despite the 
Group’s two interest rate swaps maturing in the year, the Group 
has prioritised debt repayment to minimise the exposure and 
impact of interest rate increases to the Group. At 31 March 2023, 
the Group held £8.6 million of fixed debt (2022: £61.4 million), 
which was 13% of overall debt (2022: 60%), as shown in the 
table below:

Debt

Barclays

NatWest

Santander

Lloyds

Scottish Widows

Debt Metrics

Fixed 
£m

Floating 
£m

Total drawn 
£m

Years to 
maturity

-

-

-

-

8.6

8.6

19.4

17.7

11.8

6.8

-

55.7

19.4

17.7

11.8

6.8

8.6

64.3

1.2

1.4

4.2

0.9

3.3

2.0

31 March  
2023

31%

£64.3m

£8.6m

5.8%

2.0yrs

46%

31 March  
2022

28%

£101.8m

£61.4m

3.2%

1.9yrs

41%

Net loan to value ratio

Debt drawn

Total fixed debt

Average cost of debt

Average debt maturity (yrs)

NAV gearing

Matthew Simpson

Chief Financial Officer

14 June 2023

Financing

Given the economic uncertainty during the year, which has 
seen rising inflation and multiple increases in interest rates by 
the Bank of England, the Group has prioritised the efficient use 
of its capital and maintained an appropriate capital structure. 
The Group has significantly reduced its drawn debt in the 
year by 36.8% to £64.3 million (2022: £101.8 million). The 
debt repayments in the year have given the Group increased 
headroom on its bank covenants. The Group remained compliant 
on all covenants on its bank facilities in the year, despite the 
increase in interest rates. Interest rate cover (“ICR”) ratios were 
renegotiated on two facilities in the year, providing further 
headroom on the bank covenants in light of rising interest rates. 

At 31 March 2023, the Group’s cash and cash equivalents were 
£5.5 million (2022: £28.1 million). As at 12 June 2023, the cash 
balance was £9.6 million. The disposal proceeds from investment 
properties and Hudson Quarter residential sales continue to 
enhance cash reserves and gives the Company flexibility and 
optionality on how to deploy its capital.

Net debt at 31 March 2023 reduced by 20.1% to £58.8 million 
(2022: £73.6 million). The loan to value (LTV) ratio remained 
conservative at 31% (2022: 28%), despite the £42.9 million 
revaluation deficit on investment properties and the £6.7m share 
buyback programme in the year. 

Since 31 March 2023, the Company has exchanged or completed 
on nine investment property disposals and five Hudson Quarter 
residential sales, with a further £24.9 million of gross bank debt 
being repaid. This includes the full repayment of the Lloyd’s 
facility which was due to mature within 12 months in March 2024. 
This has reduced our gross debt to £39.4 million as at 12 June 
2023 and our net debt to £29.8 million. The combination of the 
disposals and £1.2 million share buyback since 31 March 2023 
has resulted in proforma LTV based on the valuation at 31 March 
2023 reducing to 18.7% at 12 June 2023. On completion of the 
disposal of currently contracted sales proforma gross and net 
debt is expected to reduce further to c.£34 million and c.£20 
million equating to proforma LTV of c13%.

Movement in gross debt during the year:

Drawn debt at 31 March 2022

Repayment of debt from disposals

Amortisation of loans

Drawn debt at 31 March 2023

Repayment of debt from disposals

Amortisation of loans

Drawn debt at 12 June 2023

2023 
£m

101.8

(35.8)

(1.7)

64.3

(24.5)

(0.4)

39.4

2 1

STRATEGIC REPORTKey 
performance
indicators

We measure our 
performance using 
KPIs linked to our 
strategic priorities. 
Where possible, we link our 
performance to EPRA best 
practice recommendations, 
recognised as industry standard 
measures. We also consider that 
industry standard measures, 
such as those calculated by 
MSCI, are appropriate to 
use alongside certain EPRA 
measures and others that are 
relevant to our business taking 
into account the updated 
strategy. Accordingly, Gross 
Debt, LTV of Group Debt 
and Return of Capital replace 
dividend cover and cost of debt 
as being more appropriate KPIs.

Strategic aims

1   Maximise value from  

portfolio generate attractive 
total returns

2   Manage our 

assets effectively

3   Be a responsible  

company

Remuneration aims

1  Fixed remuneration

2   Short term variable 

remuneration

2 2

Adjusted Profit  
Before Tax

Rationale
Adjusted profit before tax strips out fair 
value movements and one-off costs, to 
get recurring income from the underlying 
performance of the property portfolio.

Performance
Adjusted PBT decreased marginally in the 
year, due to increased interest costs and 
income lost to disposals. However, this was 
partially offset by the increased net rental 
income from asset management activity and 
administration costs savings.

Adjusted Earnings  
per share

Rationale
Adjusted earnings per share is a key 
measure of the Company’s operational 
performance as it excludes all fair value 
movements and one-off items not relevant 
to the underlying net income performance 
of the portfolio. 

Performance
Adjusted earnings per share increased in 
the year, as a result of the accretive share 
buyback in the year and strong net income 
performance, despite higher interest costs 
and loss of income from disposals. 

EPRA vacancy rate %

Return of Capital

LTV of Group debt

Maintain strong occupier contentment  

Our strategic objective is to maximise 

The Company seeks to maintain an 

Rationale

Rationale

Rationale

and retention.

returns and return capital to shareholders. 

appropriate level of gearing to enhance 

This measures the dividends paid and the 

shareholder returns limit its exposure to 

buyback amount in the year.

balance sheet risk.

Performance

Performance

Performance

Remained stable at 12.3% at the year end.

Dividends increased 13.2% in the year to 

Disposals of assets and debt repayment, 

15.0p and bought £6.7m of shares back 

have maintained a conservative LTV at 31%, 

under the share buyback programme

despite the revaluation deficit.

Performance over the last 3 years

Performance over the last 3 years

Performance over the last 3 years

Performance over the last 3 years

Performance over the last 3 years

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

0

7.5m

7.8m

7.6m

18

15

12

9

6

3

0

16.4p

16.9p

17.1p

13.6%

12.3%

11.5%

2021 2022 2023

2021 2022 2023

2021 2022 2023

2021 2022 2023

15

12

9

6

3

0

6.5m

(div)

6.7m

(buyback)

5.4m

3.5m

2021 2022 2023

42%

31%

28%

50

40

30

20

10

0

Link to strategy  1   2  

Link to strategy  1   2  

Link to strategy  1   2   3  

Link to strategy  1   2  

Link to strategy  1   2  

Link to remuneration   1   2  

Link to remuneration   1  

Link to remuneration  1  

Link to remuneration   1

Link to remuneration  1

Total shareholder  
return

Rationale
Actual market-based returns achieved  
by an investor. 

Performance
The share price decreased by 21.2% in the 
year, whilst an increase in the dividend gave 
a TSR of -13%. It remains a key objective 
to reduce discount between NAV and 
share price.

Gross Debt

Total property return 

Average EPC rating 

Rationale
The Board seek to maintain an appropriate 
level of debt in order to enhance 
shareholder returns. It is mindful of rising 
interest rates and the impact this can have 
on the value creation for shareholders. 

Performance
The Company has repaid £37.5m of debt 
in the year, reducing the overall drawn debt 
by 36.8%.

Performance over the last 3 years

Performance over the last 3 years

Performance over the last 3 years

Performance over the last 3 years

40
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
0
-5
-10
-15
-20
-25
-30
-35

38.5%

21.1%

(15.9)%

128.3m

101.8m

64.3m

140

120

100

80

60

40

20

0

2021 2022 2023

2021 2022 2023

Link to strategy  1   2  

Link to strategy  1   2  

Link to strategy  1   2   3

Link to strategy  1   2   3

Link to remuneration  2

Link to remuneration   1

Link to remuneration  2

Link to remuneration  2

15

12

9

6

3

0

15

12

9

6

3

0

-3

-6

-9

-12

(TPR)

Rationale

E-G

Rationale

Our objective is to outperform our peer 

group on a total return basis. This is the 

industry benchmark across the UK.

We want to either refurbish or sell under 

performing assets based on our criteria.

Performance

Performance

The revaluation deficit has been partially 

Through disposals, capex and re-

offset by a strong income return, resulting 

assessments, E,F and G ratings have 

in a -11.6% TPR, outperforming the MSCI 

significantly reduced

benchmark of -12.6%.

12.5%

1.0%

(11.6)%

2021 2022 2023

30

25

20

15

10

5

0

24.3%

11.2%

3.8%

2021

2022 2023

PALACE CAPITAL PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023 
Before Tax

Rationale

per share

Rationale

of the portfolio. 

Performance

Adjusted profit before tax strips out fair 

value movements and one-off costs, to 

Adjusted earnings per share is a key 

measure of the Company’s operational 

get recurring income from the underlying 

performance as it excludes all fair value 

performance of the property portfolio.

movements and one-off items not relevant 

to the underlying net income performance 

Performance

Adjusted PBT decreased marginally in the 

Adjusted earnings per share increased in 

year, due to increased interest costs and 

the year, as a result of the accretive share 

income lost to disposals. However, this was 

buyback in the year and strong net income 

partially offset by the increased net rental 

performance, despite higher interest costs 

income from asset management activity and 

and loss of income from disposals. 

administration costs savings.

7.5m

7.8m

7.6m

16.4p

16.9p

17.1p

2021 2022 2023

2021 2022 2023

Total shareholder  

Gross Debt

return

Rationale

by an investor. 

Actual market-based returns achieved  

The Board seek to maintain an appropriate 

Rationale

level of debt in order to enhance 

shareholder returns. It is mindful of rising 

interest rates and the impact this can have 

on the value creation for shareholders. 

Performance

Performance

The share price decreased by 21.2% in the 

The Company has repaid £37.5m of debt 

year, whilst an increase in the dividend gave 

in the year, reducing the overall drawn debt 

a TSR of -13%. It remains a key objective 

by 36.8%.

to reduce discount between NAV and 

share price.

38.5%

21.1%

(15.9)%

128.3m

101.8m

64.3m

2021 2022 2023

2021 2022 2023

18

15

12

9

6

3

0

140

120

100

80

60

40

20

0

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

0

40

35

30

25

20

15

10

5

0

-5

-10

-15

-20

-25

-30

-35

Adjusted Profit  

Adjusted Earnings  

EPRA vacancy rate %

Return of Capital

LTV of Group debt

Rationale
Maintain strong occupier contentment  
and retention.

Rationale
Our strategic objective is to maximise 
returns and return capital to shareholders. 
This measures the dividends paid and the 
buyback amount in the year.

Rationale
The Company seeks to maintain an 
appropriate level of gearing to enhance 
shareholder returns limit its exposure to 
balance sheet risk.

Performance
Remained stable at 12.3% at the year end.

Performance
Dividends increased 13.2% in the year to 
15.0p and bought £6.7m of shares back 
under the share buyback programme

Performance
Disposals of assets and debt repayment, 
have maintained a conservative LTV at 31%, 
despite the revaluation deficit.

Performance over the last 3 years

Performance over the last 3 years

Performance over the last 3 years

Performance over the last 3 years

Performance over the last 3 years

15

12

9

6

3

0

13.6%

12.3%

11.5%

2021 2022 2023

15

12

9

6

3

0

6.5m
(div)

6.7m
(buyback)

5.4m

3.5m

2021 2022 2023

50

40

30

20

10

0

42%

31%

28%

2021 2022 2023

Link to strategy  1   2  

Link to strategy  1   2  

Link to strategy  1   2   3  

Link to strategy  1   2  

Link to strategy  1   2  

Link to remuneration   1   2  

Link to remuneration   1  

Link to remuneration  1  

Link to remuneration   1

Link to remuneration  1

Total property return 
(TPR)

Rationale
Our objective is to outperform our peer 
group on a total return basis. This is the 
industry benchmark across the UK.

Average EPC rating 
E-G

Rationale
We want to either refurbish or sell under 
performing assets based on our criteria.

Performance
The revaluation deficit has been partially 
offset by a strong income return, resulting 
in a -11.6% TPR, outperforming the MSCI 
benchmark of -12.6%.

Performance
Through disposals, capex and re-
assessments, E,F and G ratings have 
significantly reduced

Performance over the last 3 years

Performance over the last 3 years

Performance over the last 3 years

Performance over the last 3 years

15

12

9

6

3

0

-3

-6

-9

-12

12.5%

1.0%

(11.6)%

2021 2022 2023

30

25

20

15

10

5

0

24.3%

11.2%

3.8%

2021

2022 2023

Link to strategy  1   2  

Link to strategy  1   2  

Link to strategy  1   2   3

Link to strategy  1   2   3

Link to remuneration  2

Link to remuneration   1

Link to remuneration  2

Link to remuneration  2

2 3

STRATEGIC REPORT 
Risk 
management

Risk framework

Going concern assessment

The Board has overall responsibility for ensuring that an effective 
system of risk management and internal control exists within the 
business and confirms that it has undertaken a robust assessment 
of the Group’s emerging and principal risks and uncertainties.

Risk management is an inherent part of the Board’s decision 
making process. This is then embedded into the business and its 
systems and processes. The Board reviews its overall risk appetite 
and regularly considers, via the Audit and Risk Committee, 
the principal risks facing the company, managements plans 
for mitigating these and emerging risks. The Committee also 
considers, at least annually, the effectiveness of the Company’s 
system of risk management and internal control. Further 
information on the work of the Committee in this area is available 
in the Audit and Risk Committee report on page 51.

Our approach to risk identification and our open and supportive 
culture means that asset managers and key individuals in the finance 
team are able to report directly and at an early stage on issues, 
allowing management to take appropriate mitigating action.

Emerging risks 

If economic and geo-political stability remains uncertain or 
worsens, this could have an impact on the commercial property 
market with reduced valuations and rental income. Further cost 
of living issues may negatively impact consumer sentiment and 
inflation could reduce spending further while direct and indirect 
costs to the Group may increase further which may not be fully 
recoverable. A prolonged bout, new variants of COVID-19 or 
further pandemics may lead to further interruption of large parts 
of the economy for a significant period.  

Introduction
In accordance with the 2018 UK Corporate Governance Code (the 
Code), the Directors have assessed the Group’s position over the:

•  Short-term (over the next 12 months to June 2024 as 
required by the ‘Going concern’ provision) and;

•  Medium-term (a three year period to June 2026 as required 

by the ‘Viability statement’ provision)

Going concern
The Directors regularly assess the Group’s ability to continue as a 
going concern. The Strategic report sets out in detail the Group’s 
financial position, cash flows, liquidity position, borrowing 
facilities and the factors which will affect future performance. In 
assessing the going concern, the Directors considered: 

•  The Group’s current financial position including cash, drawn 

debt, and LTV

•  The Group’s 12 month ‘base case scenario’ forecast to June 

2024, which is management’s best estimate of market and 
business changes, taking into account:

 – Disposal of investment properties

 –

Residential sales

 – Higher levels of inflation and rising interest rates

 – Ability to satisfy bank covenants

 – Committed capital expenditure

 –

Rent collection

•  Downside scenario and stress testing on the 12 month base 

case scenario forecast to June 2024

The Group is in a strong financial position. At 31 March 2023, the 
Group had £5.5 million of cash and cash equivalents. The fair value 
of our property portfolio at 31 March 2023 was £192.4 million with 

h
g
H

i

n
o
i
t
a
g
i
t
i

m

r
e
t
f
a

d
o
o
h

i
l

e
k
i
L

i

m
u
d
e
M

1

2

7

8

4

3

10

5

11

6

12

9

w
o
L

Low

2 4

Medium

High

Potential impact after mitigation 

Risks

1  Market Cycle

2   Economic and 

Political

3   Capital Structure

4  Liquidity

5   Portfolio Strategy

6   Asset Management

7   Valuation

8   Tenant Demand / 

Default

9   Business Continuity 

/ Cyber

10  People

11   Climate Change

12   Regulatory and tax

Score

Yearly 
Movement

15

15

11

12

10

8

15

11

4

12

10

6

➞

➞

➞

➞

➞

➞

➞

➞

➞

➞

➞

➞

PALACE CAPITAL PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023 
 
net assets of £128.5 million. During the year, the Group repaid  
£37.5 million of debt, funded by investment property and Hudson 
Quarter sales, with drawn debt at 31 March 2023 of £64.3 million  
(31 March 2022: £101.8 million). The Group has conservative gearing 
with LTV remaining stable at 31% (31 March 2022: 28%). During the 
year, the Group collected 99% of all rents and complied with all ICR 
and LTV bank covenants, despite SONIA interest rates rising from 
0.75% at 31 March 2022 to 4.25% at 31 March 2023. The Group 
increased its quarterly dividends in the year by 13.2% to 15.0 pence 
per share, fully covered from rental income. There was one bank 
facility which was due to expire within a year of 31 March 2023 which 
was repaid on 31 May 2023. There is one bank facility which is due 
to expire at the end of June 2024, the Group currently has sufficient 
cash reserves to repay the majority of this facility if required. In 
addition to the strong financial position of the Group at 31 March 
2023, the Group continued to strengthen its balance sheet post year 
end, with nine investment properties sold for £43.4 million and five 
Hudson Quarter residential units sold for £2.2 million. As at 12 June 
2023 the Group had, cash of £9.6 million and gross debt and LTV of 
£39.4 million and 18.7% respectively.

The Directors conducted a detailed 12 month base case scenario 
forecast to June 2024, making various assumptions over asset 
sales, rising inflation and interest rates, letting assumptions, rent 
collection and committed capital expenditure. The forecasts 
indicated that the Group:

Viability

In accordance with provision 31 of the UK Corporate Governance 
Code and taking into consideration the current economic uncertainty, 
the Directors have assessed the prospects of the Group and future 
viability over a three-year period to June 2026, being longer than the 
12 months required by the “Going Concern” provision. 

The Board’s assessment of the Group’s viability for the next three 
years has been made with reference to: 

•  The impact of the current economic uncertainties and 

resulting impact on the Group and our tenants’ ability to 
operate and meet their rental obligations. 

•  The key principal risks of the business and its risk appetite. 

•  The Group’s long-term strategy. 

•  The impact on business operations, mainly rent collection, 
rising interest rates and progress on residential sales at 
Hudson Quarter, in the event of a downturn in the economy. 

•  The Group’s current position and its ability to meet future 

financial obligations to remain covenant compliant. 

Review period 
The Board considers a period of three years to be appropriate 
over which to assess the long-term viability of the Company for 
the following reasons: 

•  Has strong sustainable cash flows and would be able to meet 
its liabilities as they fall due over the next 12 months and;

•  The Group’s working capital model, detailed budgets and 

cash flows consist of a rolling three-year forecast. 

•  Will comply with all ICR and LTV bank covenants

• 

It reflects the Group’s asset management business plans. 

In addition to the detailed 12 month base case scenario forecast 
to June 2024, the Directors have considered a downside scenario 
in assessing the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern. 
Sensitivity analysis and reverse stress testing were undertaken to 
assess the impact on the business and in particular the  
bank covenants. 

The downside scenario assumptions used in the assessment included: 

•  15% reduction in all property bank valuations

•  15% reduction in rent collection from the two leisure assets 

•  Significant rise in SONIA interest rates of 1.5% to 6.0% 

Even on the downside scenario described above, the Group will 
still be able to meet its liabilities as they fall due over the next 
12 months and will still be compliant on all ICR and LTV bank 
covenants. The stress testing on ICR and LTV bank covenants 
indicated that even if SONIA interest rates would reach 6.0% and 
bank valuations fell by 15%, the Group would still be compliant on 
all ICR and LTV bank covenants.

Going concern statement

Based on the analysis undertaken on the base case and downside 
scenario’s, and the subsequent sensitivity analysis and stress 
testing, the Group has sufficient liquidity to meet its ongoing 
liabilities that fall due over the assessment period. Given the 
market information available, the Directors are not aware of 
any material uncertainty that exists that may cast doubt upon 
the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern. As a result, 
the Directors consider it appropriate to continue to prepare the 
financial statements on a going concern basis.

•  The Group’s weighted average debt maturity at 31 March 

2023 was 2.0 years.

•  The Group’s WAULT to break at 31 March 2023 was 4.8 years. 

Assessment
The Directors conducted a detailed 3-Year viability assessment 
which included a base case scenario forecast to June 2026, 
making various assumptions over asset sales, rising inflation and 
interest rates, letting assumptions, rent collection and committed 
capital expenditure. 

In addition to the base case scenario, the Directors have undertaken 
a robust scenario assessment of the risks which could threaten the 
3-year viability or the operational existence of the Group. As part of 
the reasonable downside modelling, the Directors have stress-tested 
working capital model and cash flows using the same assumptions as 
stated above in the Going Concern assessment. 

Based on the analysis undertaken on the base case and downside 
scenario’s, and having assessed the current position of the Group, 
its prospects and principal risks, the Board has a reasonable 
expectation that the Group will be able to continue in operation 
and meet its liabilities as they fall due over the next three years.

Confirmation of viability 

Having assessed the current position of the Group, its prospects 
and principal risks and taking into consideration the assumptions 
stated above, the Board has a reasonable expectation that the 
Group will be able to continue in operation and meet its liabilities 
as they fall due over the next three years.

2 5

STRATEGIC REPORT04

Liquidity 

Risk description

Portfolio risks

05

Portfolio strategy

Risk description

06

Asset management

Risk description

Increasing costs of borrowing and 

An inappropriate investment strategy 

Failure to implement asset business 

increasing interest rates could affect 

that is not aligned to overall corporate 

plans and elevated risks associated with 

the Group’s ability to borrow or reduce 

purpose objectives, economic 

major development or refurbishment 

its ability to repay its debts. Increasing 

conditions, or tenant demand may result 

could lead to longer void periods, 

inflation is causing interest rates to 

in lower investment returns

higher arrears and impact overall 

investment performance, adversely 

impacting returns and cashflows.

Undrawn bank facilities are in place to 

The Board regularly reviews the Group’s 

The process for reviewing asset 

ensure sufficient funds are available 

investment strategy and asset allocation 

business plans is embedded in the 

to cover potential liabilities arising 

to ensure this is aligned to the overall 

annual budgeting process. The Group’s 

against projected cashflows. The Board 

corporate strategy. 

increase, which can reduce the cash 

position of the Company and its ability 

to fund working capital. It can have 

a material impact on profitability and 

dividend cover. 

Mitigation

reviews financial forecasts on a regular 

basis, including sensitivity against 

financial covenants. The Audit and Risk 

Committee considers the going concern 

status of the Group biannually. The 

Board considers the allocation of its 

capital in granular detail to ensure the 

most efficient use. Sales of assets can be 

used to repay debt, fund working capital 

requirements or return to shareholders.

Capital Risk Management Policy limits 

development expenditure to <25% 

of Gross Asset Value and the core 

portfolio generates sustainable cash 

flows. Our experienced management 

team and use of advisors and property 

managers supports the execution of 

asset management strategies. Our 

active management approach and new 

investment system improves security of 

income and limits exposure to voids.

Risk 
management (continued)

Strategic risks

01
Market cycle

Risk description

Failure to react appropriately to 
changing market conditions and adapt 
our corporate strategy could negatively 
impact shareholder returns. A downturn 
in the market could reduce the appetite 
in the investment market, leading to 
lower valuations and affecting our 
disposal strategy and ability to return 
capital to shareholders.

02
Economic and political

Risk description

Uncertainty in the UK economic 
landscape, global supply chain issues, 
inflation and interest rates, cost of 
energy crisis brings risks to the property 
market, supply chains and to occupiers’ 
businesses. This can significantly impact 
market sentiment and our ability to 
extract value from our properties resulting 
in lower shareholder returns, reduced 
liquidity and increased occupier failure

Financial risks

03
Capital structure

Risk description

An inappropriate level of gearing or 
failure to comply with debt covenants 
or manage re-financing events could 
put pressure on cash resources and lead 
to a funding shortfall for operational 
activities.

Mitigation

Mitigation

Mitigation

Mitigation

Mitigation

The Board monitors market indicators 
and reviews the Group’s strategy 
and business objectives on a regular 
basis. It will tailor the delivery of the 
Company’s strategy in light of current 
and forecast market conditions. 
Disposal of other assets will continue 
if the market conditions allow for value 
to be achieved, whilst active asset 
management of the assets will continue 
to support in delivering returns to 
shareholders. Third party agent’s advice 
is taken on all disposals. The Executive 
Committee regularly reviews market 
conditions. 

The Board monitors the political and 
economic conditions and emerging 
policy and any uncertainty when 
setting strategy. Sensitivity modelling 
is undertaken against a downturn in 
economic outlook to test the robustness 
of our financial position and have  
regard to economic and property 
industry research when making 
significant decisions.

The Board regularly reviews its capital 
risk management policy, gearing 
strategy and debt maturity profile. The 
Group’s LTV is a maximum of 35%, and 
capital has been used to repay debt 
to reduce exposure to interest rate 
volatility and ensure debt compliance. 
Management maintains a close 
relationship with key lenders.  

Current position

Current position

Current position

Current position

Current position

Current position

The Board is monitoring and considering 
the longer term impacts of the cycle 
including the potential future of the 
office and the effects of the enhanced 
ESG requirements.

Our plans reflect current trading 
conditions and future economic 
headwinds facing the country which can 
impact on bank debt covenants and 
costs. We use consultants and experts 
so we can anticipate key planning and 
development policies and consider how 
these may impact our activities.

The Group’s weighted average debt 
maturity is currently c2.0 years. The 
Group’s LTV limit is 35%. We continue to 
monitor whether the use of derivatives 
to mitigate against interest rate rises are 
appropriate.

The Company has repaid  

£37.5 million of bank debt  

No single asset comprises more than 

Our refurbishment pipeline is 

15% compared to the overall portfolio’s 

continuously assessed to ensure 

in the year to 31 March 2023. 

value. The Company is selectively 

the right projects are being brought 

marketing certain assets for sale, as 

forward at appropriate times ensuring 

the market stabilisation and recovery 

exposure at any one time is limited. 

continues. Asset management initiatives 

The Executive Committee is reviewing 

utilised to maximise value. Appraisals 

the Group’s Health and Safety systems 

for improving properties e.g. via 

and processes to ensure appropriate 

refurbishment are ongoing for  

oversight of assets.

certain assets.

Likelihood after mitigation  
Score 1 (low) - 10 (high)

Likelihood after mitigation  
Score 1 (low) - 10 (high)

Likelihood after mitigation  
Score 1 (low) - 10 (high)

Likelihood after mitigation  

Score 1 (low) - 10 (high)

Likelihood after mitigation  

Score 1 (low) - 10 (high)

Likelihood after mitigation  

Score 1 (low) - 10 (high)

7

Impact after mitigation 
Score 1 (low) - 10 (high)

8

Overall Risk Rating  
Score 1 (low) - 20 (high)

15

8

Impact after mitigation 
Score 1 (low) - 10 (high)

7

Overall Risk Rating  
Score 1 (low) - 20 (high)

15

5

Impact after mitigation 
Score 1 (low) - 10 (high)

6

Overall Risk Rating  
Score 1 (low) - 20 (high)

11

Impact after mitigation 

Score 1 (low) - 10 (high)

Impact after mitigation 

Score 1 (low) - 10 (high)

Impact after mitigation 

Score 1 (low) - 10 (high)

Overall Risk Rating  

Score 1 (low) - 20 (high)

Overall Risk Rating  

Score 1 (low) - 20 (high)

Overall Risk Rating  

Score 1 (low) - 20 (high)

4

6

10

5

7

12

4

4

8

2 6

PALACE CAPITAL PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023Strategic risks

01

Market cycle

Risk description

Financial risks

03

02

Economic and political

Capital structure

Risk description

Risk description

Failure to react appropriately to 

Uncertainty in the UK economic 

An inappropriate level of gearing or 

changing market conditions and adapt 

landscape, global supply chain issues, 

failure to comply with debt covenants 

our corporate strategy could negatively 

inflation and interest rates, cost of 

or manage re-financing events could 

impact shareholder returns. A downturn 

energy crisis brings risks to the property 

put pressure on cash resources and lead 

in the market could reduce the appetite 

market, supply chains and to occupiers’ 

to a funding shortfall for operational 

in the investment market, leading to 

businesses. This can significantly impact 

activities.

lower valuations and affecting our 

market sentiment and our ability to 

disposal strategy and ability to return 

extract value from our properties resulting 

capital to shareholders.

in lower shareholder returns, reduced 

liquidity and increased occupier failure

The Board monitors market indicators 

The Board monitors the political and 

The Board regularly reviews its capital 

and reviews the Group’s strategy 

economic conditions and emerging 

risk management policy, gearing 

and business objectives on a regular 

policy and any uncertainty when 

strategy and debt maturity profile. The 

basis. It will tailor the delivery of the 

setting strategy. Sensitivity modelling 

Group’s LTV is a maximum of 35%, and 

Company’s strategy in light of current 

is undertaken against a downturn in 

capital has been used to repay debt 

and forecast market conditions. 

economic outlook to test the robustness 

to reduce exposure to interest rate 

Disposal of other assets will continue 

of our financial position and have  

volatility and ensure debt compliance. 

if the market conditions allow for value 

regard to economic and property 

Management maintains a close 

to be achieved, whilst active asset 

industry research when making 

relationship with key lenders.  

management of the assets will continue 

significant decisions.

to support in delivering returns to 

shareholders. Third party agent’s advice 

is taken on all disposals. The Executive 

Committee regularly reviews market 

conditions. 

Current position

Portfolio risks

05
Portfolio strategy

Risk description

An inappropriate investment strategy 
that is not aligned to overall corporate 
purpose objectives, economic 
conditions, or tenant demand may result 
in lower investment returns

06
Asset management

Risk description

Failure to implement asset business 
plans and elevated risks associated with 
major development or refurbishment 
could lead to longer void periods, 
higher arrears and impact overall 
investment performance, adversely 
impacting returns and cashflows.

04
Liquidity 

Risk description

Increasing costs of borrowing and 
increasing interest rates could affect 
the Group’s ability to borrow or reduce 
its ability to repay its debts. Increasing 
inflation is causing interest rates to 
increase, which can reduce the cash 
position of the Company and its ability 
to fund working capital. It can have 
a material impact on profitability and 
dividend cover. 

Mitigation

Mitigation

Mitigation

Mitigation

Mitigation

Mitigation

The Board regularly reviews the Group’s 
investment strategy and asset allocation 
to ensure this is aligned to the overall 
corporate strategy. 

Undrawn bank facilities are in place to 
ensure sufficient funds are available 
to cover potential liabilities arising 
against projected cashflows. The Board 
reviews financial forecasts on a regular 
basis, including sensitivity against 
financial covenants. The Audit and Risk 
Committee considers the going concern 
status of the Group biannually. The 
Board considers the allocation of its 
capital in granular detail to ensure the 
most efficient use. Sales of assets can be 
used to repay debt, fund working capital 
requirements or return to shareholders.

The process for reviewing asset 
business plans is embedded in the 
annual budgeting process. The Group’s 
Capital Risk Management Policy limits 
development expenditure to <25% 
of Gross Asset Value and the core 
portfolio generates sustainable cash 
flows. Our experienced management 
team and use of advisors and property 
managers supports the execution of 
asset management strategies. Our 
active management approach and new 
investment system improves security of 
income and limits exposure to voids.

Current position

Current position

Current position

Current position

Current position

The Board is monitoring and considering 

Our plans reflect current trading 

The Group’s weighted average debt 

the longer term impacts of the cycle 

conditions and future economic 

maturity is currently c2.0 years. The 

including the potential future of the 

headwinds facing the country which can 

Group’s LTV limit is 35%. We continue to 

office and the effects of the enhanced 

impact on bank debt covenants and 

monitor whether the use of derivatives 

ESG requirements.

costs. We use consultants and experts 

to mitigate against interest rate rises are 

The Company has repaid  
£37.5 million of bank debt  
in the year to 31 March 2023. 

so we can anticipate key planning and 

appropriate.

development policies and consider how 

these may impact our activities.

No single asset comprises more than 
15% compared to the overall portfolio’s 
value. The Company is selectively 
marketing certain assets for sale, as 
the market stabilisation and recovery 
continues. Asset management initiatives 
utilised to maximise value. Appraisals 
for improving properties e.g. via 
refurbishment are ongoing for  
certain assets.

Our refurbishment pipeline is 
continuously assessed to ensure 
the right projects are being brought 
forward at appropriate times ensuring 
exposure at any one time is limited. 
The Executive Committee is reviewing 
the Group’s Health and Safety systems 
and processes to ensure appropriate 
oversight of assets.

Likelihood after mitigation  

Score 1 (low) - 10 (high)

Likelihood after mitigation  

Score 1 (low) - 10 (high)

Likelihood after mitigation  

Score 1 (low) - 10 (high)

Likelihood after mitigation  
Score 1 (low) - 10 (high)

Likelihood after mitigation  
Score 1 (low) - 10 (high)

Likelihood after mitigation  
Score 1 (low) - 10 (high)

Impact after mitigation 

Score 1 (low) - 10 (high)

Impact after mitigation 

Score 1 (low) - 10 (high)

Impact after mitigation 

Score 1 (low) - 10 (high)

Overall Risk Rating  

Score 1 (low) - 20 (high)

Overall Risk Rating  

Score 1 (low) - 20 (high)

Overall Risk Rating  

Score 1 (low) - 20 (high)

5

6

11

8

7

15

7

8

15

5

Impact after mitigation 
Score 1 (low) - 10 (high)

7

Overall Risk Rating  
Score 1 (low) - 20 (high)

12

4

Impact after mitigation 
Score 1 (low) - 10 (high)

6

Overall Risk Rating  
Score 1 (low) - 20 (high)

10

4

Impact after mitigation 
Score 1 (low) - 10 (high)

4

Overall Risk Rating  
Score 1 (low) - 20 (high)

8

2 7

STRATEGIC REPORTRisk 
management (continued)

Portfolio risks

07
Valuation 

08
Tenant demand and default 

Operational risks

09
Business continuity and  
cyber security 

Risk description

Risk description

Risk description

Decreasing capital and rental values 
could impact the Group’s portfolio 
valuation leading to lower returns. 
Higher cost of debt can lead to property 
yields to be pushed out and valuations 
to fall as a result. Increasing gilt yields, 
can leave property investment less 
attractive unless the desired return can 
be achieved.

Failure to adapt to changing occupier 
demands and/or poor tenant covenants 
may result in us losing significant 
tenants, which could materially impact 
income, capital values and profit. Rising 
inflation, interest rates and living costs 
could impact tenant businesses, such as 
the leisure industry, as demand falls for 
discretionary spending.

Business disruption as a result of 
physical damage to buildings, 
Government policy and measures 
implemented in response to pandemics, 
cyber attacks or other operational or 
IT failures or unforeseen events may 
impact income and profits.

Mitigation

Mitigation

Mitigation

Independent valuations are undertaken 
for all assets at the half year and 
year end. These are reviewed by 
management and the Board. Members 
of the Audit and Risk Committee meet 
with the valuers at least once a year to 
discuss valuations and the valuation 
process. Management actively review 
leases, tenant covenant and asset 
management initiatives to grow capital 
and rental values.

Our governance structure and internal 
control systems ensure sufficient 
Board oversight, with delegated 
responsibilities, segregation of duties 
and clear authorisation processes. A 
comprehensive programme of insurance 
is in place which covers buildings, loss of 
rent, cyber risks, Directors’ and Officers 
liability and public liability. Antivirus 
software and firewalls protect IT systems 
and data is regularly backed up. 

The Board regularly reviews the 
portfolio’s overall tenant profile 
and sector diversification. Tenant 
diversification is high with no tenant 
making up more than 10% of total rental 
income. Management maintain close 
relationships with tenants understanding 
their needs and supporting them 
throughout their business cycle. 
Managing agents support rent collection 
and collection of arrears on a regular 
basis. Tenant due diligence and credit 
checks are undertaken on an ongoing 
basis to review covenant strength of 
existing and prospective tenants. The 
finance and property teams monitor all 
current tenant covenants and all future 
new tenants. All arrears are monitored 
on an ongoing basis.

Current position

Current position

Current position

Valuations of the portfolio reflect the 
commercial property market in general. 
The team continue to work to mitigate 
against falls in value through active 
asset management including ESG 
improvements. 

Rent collection rates remain robust at 
99%. The team are closely monitoring 
tenant covenants in high risk sectors, 
ensuring we are aware of any tenant 
distress which can impact the rental 
collection.

The Board continues to review the 
internal control environment and ensure 
good governance practices are adopted 
throughout the business. Cyber security 
arrangements have been kept under 
regular review to ensure we are deploying 
the most up to date technologies.

Likelihood after mitigation  
Score 1 (low) - 10 (high)

Likelihood after mitigation  
Score 1 (low) - 10 (high)

Likelihood after mitigation  
Score 1 (low) - 10 (high)

7

Impact after mitigation 
Score 1 (low) - 10 (high)

8

Overall Risk Rating  
Score 1 (low) - 20 (high)

15

4

Impact after mitigation 
Score 1 (low) - 10 (high)

7

Overall Risk Rating  
Score 1 (low) - 20 (high)

11

2

Impact after mitigation 
Score 1 (low) - 10 (high)

2

Overall Risk Rating  
Score 1 (low) - 20 (high)

4

2 8

PALACE CAPITAL PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 202310
People  

Environmental, social and governance risks

11
Climate change 

12
Regulatory and tax 

Risk description

Risk description

Risk description

An inability to attract or retain staff with 
the right skills and experience or failure to 
implement appropriate succession plans 
may result in significant underperformance 
or impact the overall effectiveness of our 
operations. Health and Safety of staff and 
others including tenants both physically and 
mentally and providing a safe and healthy 
environment in our properties is of utmost 
importance. Failure to do so could lead 
to staff and tenant ill health, litigation and 
regulatory issues, negative media and market 
sentiment against the Company.  

Failure to anticipate and prepare for 
transition and physical risks associated 
with climate change including 
increasing policy and compliance risks 
associated with existing and emerging 
environmental legislation could lead to 
increased costs and the Group’s assets 
becoming obsolete or unable to attract 
occupiers.

Non-compliance with the legal and 
regulatory requirements of a public 
real estate company, including 
the REIT regime could result in 
convictions or fines and negatively 
impact reputation.

Mitigation

Mitigation

Mitigation

We engage with staff regularly and encourage 
a positive working environment. We maintain 
an attractive reward and benefits package 
and undertake regular performance reviews 
for each employee. The Workforce Advisory 
Panel provides a forum that allows direct 
feedback to the Board on employee related 
matters. Insurance cover is in place for 
Directors. Health and Safety is undertaken 
both internally and via the tenants and a key 
issue for our property managers.

The Group’s ESG Committee 
oversees the execution of ESG 
related matters and ensures these are 
integrated into our business model 
and corporate strategy. Climate 
related risks are considered as part of 
our overall corporate risk assessment 
and ongoing environmental 
management of our buildings.

The Company employs experienced 
staff and external advisers to 
provide guidance on key regulatory, 
accounting and tax issues. 
Compliance with the REIT regime 
is regularly monitored by the Board 
and the Executive team consider the 
impact on the regime as part of their 
decision making.

Current position

Current position

Current position

A competitive employment market and 
inflationary pressures are driving increased pay 
and benefits to ensure attraction and retention 
of individuals with the skills, knowledge and 
experience required to implement the strategy. 
The Group’s headcount is stable with sufficient 
cover if any key personnel are unavailable. 
Employee engagement is high with regular 
meetings between employees and the Directors 
ensuring that the Board understands the views 
of the whole workforce.

There has been an increased focus 
on environmental management and 
management have focused on asset 
management initiatives to increase 
the EPC ratings of our assets, 
increasing the marketability of the 
assets in a cost effective way. 

Emerging corporate governance 
and audit reforms, require additional 
processes and procedures to be put 
in place and additional reporting on 
the company’s resilience. The Board 
is overseeing these changes.

Likelihood after mitigation  
Score 1 (low) - 10 (high)

Likelihood after mitigation  
Score 1 (low) - 10 (high)

Likelihood after mitigation  
Score 1 (low) - 10 (high)

5

Impact after mitigation 
Score 1 (low) - 10 (high)

7

Overall Risk Rating  
Score 1 (low) - 20 (high)

12

5

Impact after mitigation 
Score 1 (low) - 10 (high)

5

Overall Risk Rating  
Score 1 (low) - 20 (high)

10

4

Impact after mitigation 
Score 1 (low) - 10 (high)

2

Overall Risk Rating  
Score 1 (low) - 20 (high)

6

2 9

STRATEGIC REPORTSection 172 
statement 

Stakeholder

Investors

Why we engage

How we engage and our actions

Key interests

How we have considered stakeholders in the year

Our investors rely on us 
to allocate their capital 
appropriately to deliver 
attractive returns and 
return cash. 

Tenants

Our business is focused on 
our tenants as customers 
and responding to how their 
needs are changing.

•  The Chairman and Senior Independent Director have held 

Our investors are looking for financial performance that 

The Board and Committees have taken the views of investors 

regular meetings with key investors during the course of the year

generates a return on their investment incorporating both 

into account regularly including the repayment of debt and share 

•  We have an established investor relations programme with  

bi-annual presentations

•  Shareholders, focused on retail investors, are able to attend the 
Company’s AGM where they can question Directors and vote on 
matters put to the meeting

•  Regular trading updates and announcements to the market 

regarding performance

•  Continuous monitoring of holdings with regular Shareholder 

analysis and review

•  We commenced the share buyback programme and paid 

quarterly dividends in the year to Shareholders

We have a proactive approach to asset management and we engage 
with our tenants in a variety of ways:

•  On-site review meetings

•  Dedicated building managers and asset managers

•  Visiting assets and listening to concerns

•  Periodic tenant surveys which cover general satisfaction, and 

opinions on how we can improve our assets 

dividends and capital growth and maximising cash returns.

buybacks.

Our tenants want fit-for-purpose spaces in which they can 

We have considered the needs of our existing and future 

succeed at a fair price.

tenants during Board deliberations, for example in relation to 

capital expenditure on environmental improvements. The Board 

conducted site visits in the year and met tenants and agents to 

understand their needs.

We have moved into more appropriate office space with 

Employees regularly feature in Board discussions and were a 

improved access for people commuting, improved infrastructure 

key consideration in relation to the risk management process 

and better facilities but at significantly less cost to the Company. 

including the need to retain and motivate employees. 

these with good communication and liaison is key. 

team overseeing the day to day activities and performance of 

our key agents is an important consideration of how the Group 

does business and is therefore a key issue for the Board. The 

Group uses consultants where external expertise is cost effective. 

Employees

Our employees are key to 
implementing the Group’s 
strategy in a way that reflects 
and promotes positive values 
and culture.

•  Regular and frequent internal communications 

•  New Executive Committee for which team members attend for 

relevant sections 

•  Meetings with Directors, both formally and informally.

•  Social events to which all employees are invited

Suppliers, agents  
and consultants

We rely on a number of 
key partnerships to support 
our asset management and 
delivery of our strategy.

Communities and the 
environment

We are mindful of the impact 
our operations have on 
local communities and the 
environment.

Lenders

Our debt providers supply us 
with finance for our business 
purposes including previous 
acquisitions, developments 
and refurbishments.

3 0

We actively engage with our suppliers and work closely with them:

Understanding of objectives and working together to achieve 

The use of the asset management model with a small internal 

•  Weekly meetings with our managing agents and regular contact 

by telephone and email

•  Formal review meetings

•  Monthly meetings with our external project managers

•  Sharing insights and initiatives

•  Ensuring payments are made within agreed terms

We actively support community events and seek to have a positive 
impact on local areas:

We aim to provide our communities with attractive, safe and 

Communities and the environment are a key element of the 

environmentally friendly spaces, which enhance the local area. 

values of the Group and the Board understands the need to 

•  Creating employment opportunities

•  Enhancing the built environment

•  Our contractors participate in schemes such as the Considerate 
Constructors Scheme and we consider certifications such as 
BREEAM to minimise the impact on our neighbours and  
the environment

•  We actively engage regularly through quarterly meetings with 

Our lenders wish to see a return on the money lent to the Group. We have agreed repayments on the facilities, thereby reducing 

our banks

•  We consistently have met our covenant and repayment 

obligations with all our lenders

•  We have strong long standing relationships with our key banks

•  Have drawn down periodically on the RCF to assist short  

term borrowings

foster these and other stakeholders.  

the net debt of the Group significantly as inflation and the cost 

has risen whilst still having the availability of the revolving credit 

facility should we occasionally need to utilise it.

PALACE CAPITAL PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023to allocate their capital 

appropriately to deliver 

attractive returns and 

return cash. 

regular meetings with key investors during the course of the year

•  We have an established investor relations programme with  

bi-annual presentations

•  Shareholders, focused on retail investors, are able to attend the 

Company’s AGM where they can question Directors and vote on 

matters put to the meeting

•  Regular trading updates and announcements to the market 

•  Continuous monitoring of holdings with regular Shareholder 

regarding performance

analysis and review

•  We commenced the share buyback programme and paid 

quarterly dividends in the year to Shareholders

our tenants as customers 

with our tenants in a variety of ways:

and responding to how their 

needs are changing.

•  On-site review meetings

•  Dedicated building managers and asset managers

•  Visiting assets and listening to concerns

•  Periodic tenant surveys which cover general satisfaction, and 

opinions on how we can improve our assets 

implementing the Group’s 

strategy in a way that reflects 

and promotes positive values 

and culture.

•  New Executive Committee for which team members attend for 

relevant sections 

•  Meetings with Directors, both formally and informally.

•  Social events to which all employees are invited

We rely on a number of 

We actively engage with our suppliers and work closely with them:

key partnerships to support 

our asset management and 

delivery of our strategy.

by telephone and email

•  Formal review meetings

•  Weekly meetings with our managing agents and regular contact 

•  Monthly meetings with our external project managers

•  Sharing insights and initiatives

•  Ensuring payments are made within agreed terms

Suppliers, agents  

and consultants

Communities and the 

environment

We are mindful of the impact 

We actively support community events and seek to have a positive 

our operations have on 

impact on local areas:

local communities and the 

environment.

•  Creating employment opportunities

•  Enhancing the built environment

•  Our contractors participate in schemes such as the Considerate 

Constructors Scheme and we consider certifications such as 

BREEAM to minimise the impact on our neighbours and  

the environment

Lenders

Our debt providers supply us 

•  We actively engage regularly through quarterly meetings with 

with finance for our business 

our banks

purposes including previous 

acquisitions, developments 

and refurbishments.

•  We consistently have met our covenant and repayment 

obligations with all our lenders

•  We have strong long standing relationships with our key banks

•  Have drawn down periodically on the RCF to assist short  

term borrowings

Stakeholder

Investors

Our investors rely on us 

•  The Chairman and Senior Independent Director have held 

Why we engage

How we engage and our actions

Key interests

How we have considered stakeholders in the year

Our investors are looking for financial performance that 
generates a return on their investment incorporating both 
dividends and capital growth and maximising cash returns.

The Board and Committees have taken the views of investors 
into account regularly including the repayment of debt and share 
buybacks.

Tenants

Our business is focused on 

We have a proactive approach to asset management and we engage 

Our tenants want fit-for-purpose spaces in which they can 
succeed at a fair price.

We have considered the needs of our existing and future 
tenants during Board deliberations, for example in relation to 
capital expenditure on environmental improvements. The Board 
conducted site visits in the year and met tenants and agents to 
understand their needs.

Employees

Our employees are key to 

•  Regular and frequent internal communications 

We have moved into more appropriate office space with 
improved access for people commuting, improved infrastructure 
and better facilities but at significantly less cost to the Company. 

Employees regularly feature in Board discussions and were a 
key consideration in relation to the risk management process 
including the need to retain and motivate employees. 

Understanding of objectives and working together to achieve 
these with good communication and liaison is key. 

The use of the asset management model with a small internal 
team overseeing the day to day activities and performance of 
our key agents is an important consideration of how the Group 
does business and is therefore a key issue for the Board. The 
Group uses consultants where external expertise is cost effective. 

We aim to provide our communities with attractive, safe and 
environmentally friendly spaces, which enhance the local area. 

Communities and the environment are a key element of the 
values of the Group and the Board understands the need to 
foster these and other stakeholders.  

Our lenders wish to see a return on the money lent to the Group. We have agreed repayments on the facilities, thereby reducing 
the net debt of the Group significantly as inflation and the cost 
has risen whilst still having the availability of the revolving credit 
facility should we occasionally need to utilise it.

3 1

STRATEGIC REPORTSection 172 
statement (continued) 

How stakeholder interests have been considered 
within key strategic decisions

Stakeholder considerations - shareholders
The Board has considered shareholder views through various 
meetings held during the course of the year, including in the lead 
up to and post the AGM held on 29 July 2022.

Shareholders provided significant feedback to the Chairman 
regarding the proposed strategy update dated 4 July 2022. In 
that update, the Board undertook to reposition the Company 
as an ESG driven regional office market specialist, reinvesting 
proceeds from the sale of the industrial portfolio into improving 
the existing regional office portfolio and also into new 
opportunities in the regional office market.

In light of shareholder feedback following that update, the 
Company announced on 19 July that such a strategy needed 
amending. The Board announced that it would focus on 
maximising cash returns to shareholders, whilst continuing to 
remain mindful of consolidation in the Real Estate sector as part 
of its considerations.

The Board also announced that it would continue its strategy of 
disposing of other non-core investments and seek to complete 
the remaining sales of the residential apartments at York. Funds 
from these disposals will be aggregated with those from the sale 
of the industrial portfolio and distributed to shareholders.

In light of the amended strategy, Mickola Wilson (Senior 
Independent Director), Kim Taylor-Smith (Non-Executive 
Director), and Paula Dillon (Non-Executive Director) considered 
that it was the right time to step down from the Board and 
did not offer themselves for re-election at the Annual General 
Meeting on 29 July 2022. 

The Company received significant votes against various resolutions 
at the AGM relating to the prior strategy including the re-election 
of Mr Richard Starr, formerly the Executive Property Director. Mr 
Starr stepped down from the Board on 12 August 2022.  

The Board has subsequently pursued the strategy to dispose 
of non-core assets which appealed to special purchasers whilst 
pausing in October 2022 the sale of the Industrial Portfolio until 
the time was right as the market for these assets during the 
year became significantly more volatile as certain funds became 
forced sellers due to their clients withdrawing funds. We were not 
in the same position so we did not need to sell the assets and 
did not do so.

The sale of the smaller assets, together with the continued sale 
of residential units at Hudson Quarter which were unencumbered 
following the repayment of the development loan with Lloyds 
Bank in the year, meant that the Company could repay debt and 
return cash to shareholders via share buybacks and dividends. 
These were two key strategic initiatives that the top shareholders 
had been very clear in articulating to the Board, which was 
listened to and actioned.

The Board was mindful of the possible effect on the workforce 
following the amended strategy and was pleased that the key 
personnel were retained. In addition, corporate governance 
was enhanced through the establishment of a new Executive 
Committee, details of which are provided in the Corporate 
Governance Report.  

Outcome and action
The results of these discussions and in particular the views of the top 
shareholders led to the amended strategy and new course for the 
Company to repay expensive debt and return cash to shareholders 
via sales of assets plus continued focus on cost reductions and 
proactive asset management of the Company’s assets.

3 2

PALACE CAPITAL PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023ESG  
Introduction

Environmental, Social  
and Governance

We remain committed to ensuring that our properties are managed responsibly; 
that our environmental impacts are minimised and our tenants enjoy spaces 
which are healthy, safe and fit for purpose.

We actively collaborate with our tenants and business partners 
and ESG considerations remain a key consideration in our asset 
management initiatives. In 2020, we developed a corporate ESG 
strategy to mitigate the risks and explore the opportunities in 
terms of the impacts of our business on the environment, our 
communities, our tenants and our people. The main pillars are:

Environmental

• 

Improving the portfolio – by understanding better the 
environmental performance of our assets, we are actively 
seeking to reduce energy use and greenhouse gas 
emissions and improve energy efficiency. We will look at 
ensuring that assets are compliant.

Social

•  Fostering a culture of inclusivity and consideration of 

stakeholders’ interests particularly employees – by promoting 
collaboration and input across all levels of the business and 
engaging more closely with our stakeholders.

Governance

•  Being a responsible business – by ensuring ethical business 
practices and sound risk management are embedded in 
decision making processes;

In relation to the pathway to net zero, while further work is 
required, we believe this will be achievable for our assets in line 
with statutory requirements by 2050. We have considered the 
pathway and believe that our buildings and the way that they 
have been improved and can be further improved in the future 
means that we can be comfortable with our assessment. We do 
not believe it prudent, in light of our strategy, to commit to a 
date earlier than this since we are progressing the sales of certain 
assets which the new owners will then evaluate together with 
their own portfolios for their pathway to net zero.

You can read more about the decisions and actions of the ESG 
Committee on pages 49 and 50. You can read more about 
how climate considerations have been integrated into our risk 
management framework on page 24, while you can learn more 
about our approach to climate resilience and associated targets 
in the section overleaf and within the ESG Committee Report.

As a commercial property landlord, we have a duty to consider 
the impact our assets have on the environment. During the year 
we have made positive progress in assessing, understanding 
and managing the environmental performance of our portfolio. 
We have continued focusing on data collection so that we 
understand our usage under scope 1,2, and 3 and the ways 
in which we can work with tenants to improve our overall 
environmental impact.

Key to this in our industry and sectors across the UK, is our EPC 
ratings. We now have no G or H EPC rated buildings and are 
looking at moving towards at least a C or B rating across our 
entire portfolio by the end of 2024.

3 3

STRATEGIC REPORTWorking Responsibly
Our ESG Environmental

Greenhouse gas emissions

Climate Related Financial Disclosures (TCFD)

Our GHG calculation and reporting process follows the 
Greenhouse Gas Protocol (“operational approach”) and the 
DEFRA Environmental Reporting Guidelines (2013). The 
boundary for reporting includes emissions from sources under 
our control, grouped under: Scope 1 (direct) GHG emissions 
from owned assets; and Scope 2 (indirect) GHG emissions from 
landlord-controlled electricity supplies and scope 3 (indirect) 
GHG emissions from our tenants.

Following the change in data collection provision to Compare 
Your Footprint, we now recognise, in line with the guidance, that 
as a landlord, the bulk of our reporting is now under Scope 3 in 
line with the GHG Protocol’s Scope 3 category 13: Downstream 
Leased Assets. Accordingly, we have reported prior year in the 
same categories as this year for comparison. 

We are pleased to have reduced our direct emissions from our 
own office usage. Scope 1 was higher for the prior year as a 
result of the change in office with reduced consumption and 
flexible office use at Fora Victoria, and the methodology for data 
collection from our own landlord.

The Company does not own any vehicles and emissions from 
sources such as production processes and combustion sources 
are minimal, therefore not deemed material. As a result, these 
emissions are not included in reported totals. In addition, the 
Company introduced a new electric vehicle plan for employees.

We have a limited amount of energy use within our control.  
To have a meaningful impact on greenhouse gas emissions we 
must ensure we engage with our tenants and encouraging them 
to minimise their own energy consumption. This continues to be a 
priority and the Company continues to collect and report its broader 
Scope 3 emissions as the Group looks to gain greater visibility of its 
total carbon footprint. We have seen a marked improvement in data 
collection from our agents and tenants and we are grateful to them 
for the provision of data. However, certain leases remain under the 
control of tenants for energy use and control of data collection so 
we continue to work with tenants to improve this. 

As a result of better data collection, total emissions have 
increased during the year as the UK came out of the pandemic 
and people returned to their workplaces. Energy usage reduced, 
partly due to the increased cost of energy in the UK. We will work 
with our tenants on the strategy for overall carbon reduction as 
we continue to make a significant positive impact on reducing 
energy usage, as demonstrated in the year. 

GHG emissions
Emissions type (tonnes of CO2 
equivalents)
Scope 1 * estimate
Scope 2
Scope 3

Total

Average GHG Intensity  
(tCO2e/sqft2)
Scope 1,2 and 3 combined
Total energy use (kWh)  
Scopes 1,2,3

2023

2022

1
2
879

882

16
14
742

772

0.001

0.0008

8,771,692

9,829,473

We published our findings from our consideration of the 
Taskforce for Climate-related Financial Disclosures (TCFD) 
methodology in our previous year’s report, where we considered 
the associated physical and transition risks with a 2 degrees 
warming scenario, referencing the models mapped out by the 
Bank of England and the IMF’s World Economic Outlook.

Physical climate risks were considered as those which arise from 
both gradual changes in climatic conditions and extreme weather 
events that can result in asset damage, resource depletion, and 
disruption. Transition risks occur in the process of moving to a 
low-carbon economy. These include government policy changes, 
reputational impacts, as well as shifts in market preferences, 
norms, and technology.

The Company is implementing a targeted upgrade and retrofit 
programme, to meet more stringent building performance and 
carbon emissions requirements: for example, to meet existing 
Government minimum energy efficiency regulations (MEES), and in 
anticipation of a further ratcheting up of regulatory requirements for 
energy performance certificate (EPC) ratings by 2030. The Company 
reviews this over the short, medium and long term for lettings and 
sales. We have risk assessed the portfolio based on building energy 
intensity, location, tenant composition, the potential direct and 
indirect impacts on revenue and operating and capital costs. 

Climate-related risks have been integrated within the company’s 
Principal Risks (see pages 26 to 29) and are regularly considered 
by the Audit and Risk Committee and the Board, including 
a confirmation annually on Principal Risks and movements in 
the likelihood and impact of such risks. Climate and energy 
performance have been fully integrated into both investment 
and asset management decision-making process. For example, 
we have identified opportunities for the Company to enhance 
its EPC and environmental performance its assets across our 
sectors (see page 15) leading to higher ERVs and capital growth 
compared to less well performing assets. Under a 2°C scenario, 
the company’s strategy is considered resilient, bearing in mind 
the physical locations of its assets and the actions it is taking 
to manage transition risks. The Company will adapt its strategy 
accordingly to take into account the opportunities and risks 
from either market or regulatory impacts such as for example, 
accelerated programmes for EPC capital expenditure. 

The Board consider climate-related issues when reviewing and 
guiding strategy, major plans of action, risk management policies, 
annual budgets, and business plans. These cover the short term 
- being under 2 years, medium term, being 2-5 years and longer 
term, being over 5 years. These are considered in overseeing major 
capital expenditure, and sales of assets, in line with the strategy. See 
pages 26 to 29 for our Principal Risks and how the Board considers 
risks and opportunities relating to Climate Change.

Net Zero Strategy

We are now gaining fuller visibility of our carbon footprint and 
are developing a realistic baseline on which to establish our net 
zero thinking. In light of our revised business strategy, we are 
focused on achieving improvements in our portfolio to ensure 
that the portfolio is in a good position to be net zero by 2050,  
in line with the UK Government’s ambition. 

3 4

PALACE CAPITAL PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023TCFD
Being a responsible business

Overview 

Compliance with the TCFD framework

Risk management

In this section, we have provided an overview of our progress 
and priorities against the requirements of Listing Rule 9.8.6R. 
We have prepared our disclosures to be consistent with the 
TCFD recommendations and recommended disclosures, which 
also reflects the Annex to the Recommendations of the TCFD 
section C (Guidance for all sectors). We will look to enhance our 
ESG and TCFD reporting for future years, including reviewing 
Recommendations of the TCFD (supplementary guidance for 
non-financial sectors) and such recommendations that align 
with developing Shareholder and stakeholder requirements and 
feedback. 

We have complied with the TCFD recommendations and 
recommended disclosures, although we recognise that further 
development is required in relation to the targets used by 
the Company in line with our strategy and risk management 
processes in addition to our focus on EPC improvements. We 
are however, satisfied that appropriate consideration is given in 
our current plans and risk management systems and processes 
to take into account the potential financial impacts of climate 
change on our business. 

Governance

The Board assumes overall responsibility and accountability 
for the management of climate-related risks and opportunities. 
The remit of the ESG Board Committee is to oversee the 
Company’s response to the evolving environmental, health and 
safety, corporate social responsibility, corporate governance, 
sustainability, and other public policy matters relevant to 
the Company. It oversees the Group’s corporate and social 
responsibilities and ensures its ESG activities are aligned.

The Executive Committee reviews environmental performance 
including EPCs at its meetings and the outputs are included in 
the Property Board reports for each Board meeting. 

The ESG Board Committee supports the Audit & Risk Committee 
which oversees the Group’s risk management framework, 
evaluating its principal and emerging risks, setting the risk 
appetite, and assisting the Executive Management team with 
developing and implementing the operational plans required to 
strategically manage those risks. 

The Audit and Risk Committee makes recommendations to the 
Board on the principal risks of relevance to the business. Climate-
related issues are initially considered by the ESG Committee in 
terms of potential for contribution to these principal risks. The 
Executive committee has ongoing weekly meetings at which ESG 
matters are considered.

The issues considered include both the risk of physical disruption 
to the business from climate change such as risks to our 
properties from flooding, high winds and storms, transport and 
occupational issues, and the risks and opportunities as the UK 
economy transitions to significantly lower carbon emissions such 
as greater use of electricity rather than gas for heating.

 The Company’s financial planning and strategy would evolve 
to take into account such risks and opportunities to adapt to 
the revised landscape for example if greater capital expenditure 
is required to bring our assets to higher environmental 
performance. 

Metrics and targets

Palace Capital started measuring its greenhouse gas emissions 
(GHG) in 2020. These GHG emissions cover Scope 1 direct 
emissions from the usage of fuel in its operations and indirect 
Scope 2 emissions from electricity consumption on site. We have 
utilised Compare Your Footprint for data analysis including the 
redefinition of our tenants usage to Scope 3. This includes for 
example aspects such as purchased goods & services (water); 
fuel & energy related activities; business travel; employee 
commuting; teleworking; and downstream leased assets.

3 5

STRATEGIC REPORTTCFD
Being a responsible business (continued)

We continue to focus on data collection as a property landlord, particularly from our agents on behalf of our tenants, so that we 
understand our existing usage under scopes 1, 2 and 3. We are developing our response to the risks and opportunities arising in this 
area including our carbon footprint and that of our assets and tenants so we can work together to continuously improve. Failure to 
adapt would negatively impact financial performance as tenants look to well performing assets in respect of environmental matters.

Disclosure

Commentary

Describe the Board’s oversight of 
climate-related risks and opportunities

Palace Capital established a Corporate Social Responsibility Committee in 2019 which 
was reconstituted as the ESG Committee in 2020, in recognition of the increasing 
importance of ESG to us, its stakeholders and broader society.

The Board, supported by input from the ESG Committee, assumes overall responsibility 
and accountability for the management of climate-related risks and opportunities. 

A TCFD Working Committee was established in 2021 and its progress and findings 
have been reported into the ESG Committee.

Describe the management’s  
role in assessing and managing  
climate-related risks and opportunities

Management has undertaken a review of the company’s Enterprise Risk Management 
approach and climate-related issues have been integrated into the core risk management 
process as a principal risk. The Executive Committee meets weekly and includes climate issues 
in discussions and consideration for escalating as appropriate under Delegations of Authority.

Describe the climate-related risks and 
opportunities the organisation has 
identified over the short, medium,  
and long term

The short-term (0-2 years) and medium-term (2-5 years) risks identified include 
increased utility costs; unattractiveness of buildings to potential occupiers due to poor 
carbon performance; and increased regulatory and policy measures. Long-term (over 5 
years) risk includes raised temperatures and impacts on the UK from decarbonising. 

The most significant financial impacts have been considered as part of the Risk 
Management process to be included within the Company’s internal valuations of 
assets. Sentiment on assets may be negatively impacted by decarbonisation of the 
economy over the longer term. 

The opportunities identified include: greater collaboration with tenants to improve 
environmental performance; improved commercial opportunities of owning assets which 
are energy efficient; and the attractiveness of assets to tenants and potential purchasers.

Climate-related risks have been integrated within the company’s Principal Risks. 

Climate and energy performance have been fully integrated into both investment and 
asset management decision-making process.

The average life-cycle of Palace Capital’s assets within its ownership is short (0-2 years) 
to medium term (2-5 years) and the assets are exclusively located across the UK in 
well-connected regional transport hubs.

The company is continually reviewing its exposure to climate-related risks. Under 
a 2°C scenario, the company’s strategy is considered resilient, bearing in mind the 
physical locations of its assets and the actions it is taking to manage transition risks.

Describe the impact of climate-related  
risks and opportunities the organisation’s 
businesses, strategy and financial 
planning

Describe the resilience of the 
organisation’s strategy, taking  
into consideration different  
climate-related scenarios, including  
a 2°C or lower scenario

Describe the organisation’s processes for 
identifying and assessing and managing 
climate-related risks

The Executive Committee reviews issues weekly, particularly in relation to progress 
on EPC ratings and escalates to the ESG Committee or Board as appropriate. Further 
information is contained in the ESG Committee report on pages 49 to 50.

Describe the organisation’s processes for 
managing climate-related risks

Palace Capital considers and assesses climate-related risks and opportunities through 
the Executive Committee, ESG Committee and the Board.

Disclose the metrics used by the 
organisation to assess climate-related 
risks and opportunities in line with its 
strategy and risk management processes

GHG emissions and energy consumption, are disclosed in the Annual Report including 
Scope 1 & 2 and are aligned to the Greenhouse Gas Protocol Corporate Standard and 
DEFRA Environmental Reporting Guidelines.

We have redesignated Scope 3 to align with reporting requirements and are satisfied 
that we have improved data collection and analysis

Describe Scope 1, Scope 2 and if 
appropriate, Scope 3 greenhouse gas 
(GHG) emissions, and the related risk

GHG emissions are disclosed in the Annual Report throughout this section and are 
aligned to the Greenhouse Gas Protocol Corporate Standard.

We continue to work with tenants and agents on our reporting. The related potential 
risks can be viewed in the Risk Management section on pages 24 to 29.

Describe the targets used by the 
organisation to manage climate-related 
risks and opportunities and performance 
against targets

We have collected Scope 3 emissions utilising Compare Your Footprint and are in a 
better position to understand the data and take action as a consequence. We have not 
set specific targets to date except in relation to compliance with MEES requirements 
and improvement of the portfolio’s EPCs as demonstrated in the year (see page 17). 

3 6

PALACE CAPITAL PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023ESG 
Improving the environmental  
performance of our assets

We continue to focus on data collection so that we understand 
our existing usage under scope 1,2 and 3. We are gaining a 
better understanding of our carbon footprint and that of our 
assets and tenants so we can work together to improve. 

During the year, we have made good progress in embedding 
environmental considerations in all aspects of asset management 
and across our wider business model. Key to this is our EPC 
ratings. We have removed all G rated EPCs and significantly 
reduced E and F ratings, moving the portfolio towards MEES 
compliance. We have been making the ongoing improvements 
to properties within our portfolio.

We have:

• 

Incorporated energy efficiency measures into our major 
building refurbishments

•  Progressed our EPC management programme 

• 

Introduced guidance for our asset managers to ensure ESG 
considerations are incorporated in our asset level business plans

100% 

landlord controlled electricity  
from renewable sources

96.2%.

Properties in the portfolio with an  
EPC rating of A-D

Current EPC/MEES requirements & compliance 

Since 1 April 2020, landlords can no longer let or continue to 
let properties covered by the MEES Regulations if they have an 
EPC rating below ‘E’. From 1 April 2023, this has been extended 
to include existing leases, making it unlawful for a landlord to 
continue to let commercial property rated F or less.

In the 2021 Annual Report, a stated priority was to remove the 
7.45% of ‘F’ & ‘G’ certifications.

Through proactive review and asset disposals, all G certifications 
have been removed from the portfolio and ‘F’ certifications 
reduced to 1.5% (one asset with Listed Building Consent). During 
2021/22, twenty five EPC’s were improved and the number of 
EPC’s rated A-D increased from 88.8% to 96.2%. 

Our current EPC split is approximately: 

EPC certification

%

A
B
C
D
E
F
G

2.3%
28.6%
41.3%
24.0%
2.3%
1.5%
  0.0%

3 7

STRATEGIC REPORTCorporate Governance Report

Letter from  
the Chairman

Dear Shareholder,

This Report describes 
how we have applied the 
Principles and complied 
with the Provisions 
of the UK Corporate 
Governance Code 2018. 
Where we were not 
compliant, we provide 
an explanation under the 
‘comply or explain’ basis 
of reporting. 

Since I became Chairman in January 
2022, the Company has gone through 
considerable change in our governance 
structure which could only occur with 
shareholder engagement and support.  
I would like to thank shareholders for this.

In particular, it is worth noting that the 
Board of Directors was completely 
refreshed in less than a year, which I 
believe is unprecedented for a listed 
company outside of a takeover situation.  

We have listened to shareholders, 
particularly around last year’s Annual 
General Meeting and we are now right 
sized for the Company’s strategy.

The first significant event in the year 
was that on 14 June 2022, Neil Sinclair, 
formerly Chief Executive, stepped down 
from the Board. Mr Sinclair had co-
founded the Company and had been with 
the Company for 12 years. 

Following feedback to me from our major 
shareholders on the Company’s strategy, 
the Company announced in July 2022 that 
the Company would sell assets and return 
cash to shareholders, while being mindful 
of consolidation in the Real Estate sector. 
We also paused the sale of our Industrial 
Portfolio until the timing was right. 

The Non-executive Directors each 
determined on 18 July 2022 in light of 
the amended strategy that it was the right 
time to leave the Company and stood 
down from the Board. This was prior to 
the AGM and their re-election was not 
voted on. 

At the AGM held on 29 July 2022 there 
were a significant number of votes cast 
against several resolutions reflecting the 
sentiment of the major shareholders at 
that time. I engaged significantly with 
these shareholders to understand the 
reasons for their voting, which were largely 
a consequence of the previous Board’s 
strategy and governance of the Company.

Mr Richard Starr, Executive Property 
Director, stood for re-election as a 
Director at the AGM. Mr Starr received 
over 44% of the votes cast against his re-
election. Mr Starr decided it was the right 
time to leave the Board and stood down 
as a Director on 12 August 2022. His 
duties were assumed by Daniel Davies, 
Head of Asset Management and Thomas 
Hood, Head of Investment, who both 
report to me.

3 8

PALACE CAPITAL PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023Non-compliance with the Provisions of 
the Code. As outlined in this report, 
the Company did not comply with the 
following provisions: 

9: in relation to the combined role I have 
undertaken as Interim Executive Chairman

17: as I am not deemed independent, the 
Nomination Committee is not constituted 
with a majority of independent directors

20: open advertising / search consultants 
were not used for the appointment of 
the Senior Independent Director due to 
time constraints following the stepping 
down of the Non-Executive Directors in 
July 2022

24 and 32: as the Audit and Risk 
Committee and Remuneration Committee 
consist of the Senior Independent 
Director and myself, as I am not 
considered independent 

Steven Owen 
Interim Executive Chairman

Mr Mark Davies was appointed by the 
Board on 1 August 2022 to fill the vacancy 
as an Independent Non-executive Director.

The Board from that time then consisted 
of myself as Interim Executive Chairman, 
Matthew Simpson, CFO and Mark Davies, 
Senior Independent Director and Chair 
of the Audit & Risk and Remuneration 
Committees.

The Board considers that this is a more 
appropriate sized Board for the Company 
to fulfil its role including overseeing the 
updated strategy.

In addition to the changes to the Board 
governance structure, I introduced a 
new Executive Committee consisting of 
myself as Chair, Matthew Simpson, Daniel 
Davies, Thomas Hood, Phil Higgins, 
Company Secretary, and Andrew Wolfe, 
Financial Controller. Other staff members 
attend by invitation.

The Executive Committee meets weekly 
to assist the Board with significant 
decisions and to oversee the operational 
implementation of the strategy, financial 
reporting, ESG, HR and corporate 
governance matters.  

Under this revised governance framework, 
I believe the Board and its Committees 
contain an appropriate combination of 
skills, experience and knowledge to be 
effective at fulfilling our responsibilities to 
shareholders and other stakeholders. Or 
governance structure enables the updated 
strategy to be implemented effectively, as 
described in the following pages.

Further information on the work of 
the Committees can be found in this 
report. Information on the Remuneration 
Committee is contained in the Report on 
pages 54 to 67. 

The Nomination Committee report is 
on pages 47 to 48. The Audit and Risk 
Committee work in the year is considered 
at pages 51 to 53.

ESG remains a key part of doing business 
as a commercial property company and 
the ESG Committee report is on page 
49 to 50.

Finally, I would like to thank our 
shareholders for their feedback and 
support for new management and to thank 
our team for the hard work they have put 
in to implement the updated strategy.

The Board adopted a new Matters 
Reserved and Delegations of Authority 
Policy and process, delegating 
appropriate levels of authority to 
management while retaining key strategic 
matters for the Board’s approval.

We continue our active engagement with 
shareholders who are invited to attend 
our AGM in person this year which will  
be at the offices of CMS, Cannon Place  
78 Cannon Street, London EC4N 6AF on  
26 July 2023 at 10.00 am.

3 9

GOVERNANCEGovernance
overview

Statement by the Directors on compliance with the UK Corporate Governance Code

The UK Corporate Governance Code 2018 (the Code) applied to the Group for the financial year ended 31 March 2023. The Board 
considers that it applied the Principles of the Code but that certain Provisions were not complied with due to the Board’s new 
governance structure which it believes is appropriate for the size of the Company and its strategy. The explanations for such non-
compliance, in line with the ‘comply or explain’ basis of reporting, are provided in the following pages and are summarised in the 
Interim Executive Chairman’s introduction to the Governance report.

The Code is publicly available at www.frc.org.uk. 

Applying the principles of the code

Section of the code

How we have applied the Principles

Board leadership and  
Company purpose

The Board is responsible for leading the 
business in a way which promotes the long-
term sustainable success of the Company, 
generating value for Shareholders and 
contributing to wider society.

Division of responsibilities

The Board includes an appropriate 
combination of executive and independent 
Non-Executive Directors. The chair leads 
the Board and is responsible for its overall 
effectiveness in directing the company.

•  The Board establishes the Company’s purpose, values and strategy and reviews 

these regularly 

•  The Board assesses and monitors culture 

•  There is a regular programme of meetings for the Board and its Committees 

•  A formal schedule of matters is reserved for Board approval and regularly reviewed 

•  The Board has oversight of stakeholder engagement

•  We have a right sized Board for the Company including an appropriate mix 
of Executive and Non-Executive directors, noting that the Interim Executive 
Chairman (IEC), has, since 14 June 2022, combined certain aspects of the Chief 
Executive and Chair’s role. The Company recognises that it was therefore not 
compliant with the Code

•  The IEC leads the Board and Chairs the Executive Committee and the CFO is an 

Executive Director with executive finance and corporate responsibilities

•  The Senior Independent Director Chairs both the Remuneration and the Audit 

& Risk Committees and engages with shareholders independently of the IEC 
and CFO 

•  The IEC and Independent Non-Executive Director provide constructive  
challenge, strategic guidance, offer specialist advice and hold executive 
management to account 

Composition, succession  
and evaluation

The Nomination Committee ensures Board 
appointments are subject to a formal, 
rigorous and transparent process

•  All Directors submit themselves at each AGM for election or re-election to 

the Board

•  The Nomination Committee leads the process for appointments, based on merit, 

and succession plans for the Board and Senior Management

•  There is an annual evaluation of the performance of the Board and Committees

Audit, risk and internal control

The Audit & Risk Committee monitors the 
integrity of the Financial Statements and 
oversees the risk management process and 
internal control environment.

•  We have two Non-executive Directors, both chartered accountants, on the Audit 
& Risk Committee providing appropriate experience and expertise. As Mr Owen, 
IEC, is a member of the Committee, the Company recognises that the Committee 
is not constituted with only independent Non-Executive Directors and that the 
Company was therefore not compliant with the Code. Mr Owen was considered 
independent on appointment as Chairman 

•  The Audit & Risk Committee supports the Board and advises on whether the 

Annual Report and Accounts is fair, balanced and understandable 

•  There is regular robust assessment of the Company’s emerging and principal risks

•  There are clear policies and processes to ensure the independence and 

effectiveness of the external audit and whether an internal audit is required

Remuneration

Our remuneration policies and practices are 
designed to support the business strategy 
and promote the success of the Company.

•  The Remuneration Committee determines the policy and implementation  

of the Chief Financial Officer, Senior Executives and oversees wider  
employee remuneration

•  The Remuneration Committee appointed Korn Ferry as new remuneration advisors 

during the year to assist the Committee

4 0

PALACE CAPITAL PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023Board of
Directors

A N R

E

E
Chair

A N R

E

Steven Owen
Interim Executive Chairman

Matthew Simpson
Chief Financial Officer

Mark Davies
Senior Independent Director

Date of appointment

Date of appointment

Date of appointment

Appointed Chairman 1 January 2022 
and Interim Executive Chairman on 14 
June 2022

Appointed as Chief Financial Officer in 
November 2021

Joined the Group on 1 August 2022 as 
Independent Non-executive Director

Expertise

Expertise

Expertise

Steven is the Non-Executive Chairman 
of FTSE 250 property investment group 
Primary Health Properties plc (“PHP”) 
having been appointed Chairman in 
April 2018. He was appointed to the PHP 
Board as an independent Non-Executive 
Director in January 2014 becoming 
chairman of the Audit Committee 
and Senior Independent Director in 
April 2014. Steven has overseen PHP’s 
significant corporate activity in the period 
including its merger with MedicX Fund 
Limited in 2019 and the internalisation 
of its management structure in January 
2021 with both transactions creating 
significant shareholder value. Steven 
began his earlier career with KPMG before 
moving into property with Brixton plc 
where he became Finance Director and 
subsequently Deputy Chief Executive.

Matthew is a Chartered Certified 
Accountant and has been with the 
Company since 2016. Previously holding 
the position of Head of Finance and 
Operations, Matthew was appointed  
as Finance Director Designate on  
13 August 2021.

Prior to joining the Company, Matthew 
held various finance roles, including 
at CIT Group Partners LLP and 
PricewaterhouseCoopers.

Responsible for the implementation  
of the Group’s financial strategy,  
investor relations, debt financing 
arrangements and all aspects of 
accounting and taxation. 

Mark is a highly experienced FTSE250 
executive, with extensive experience 
as Chairman, CEO and CFO in listed 
companies and private equity. He was a 
Co-founder Director of New River REIT plc 
and helped take the Company from IPO 
to the FTSE250 in seven years. He was 
CFO of New River for over twelve years 
and, working alongside his role as CFO, 
was also CEO/Chairman of Hawthorn 
Leisure Limited for five years. Mark 
stood down from the Board of New River 
following the announcement of the sale 
of Hawthorn in July 2021 but remained as 
CEO of Hawthorn until its successful sale 
to Admiral Taverns in August 2021.

Mark is chair of both the Audit & Risk and 
the Remuneration Committees and is the 
Senior Independent Director.

External appointments
Chairman of PHP

External appointments
None

External appointments
None

Board composition

Neil Sinclair stepped down as Chief Executive with effect from 14 June 2022
Mickola Wilson, Paula Dillon and Kim Taylor-Smith stepped down as Independent Non-Executive Directors on 18 July 2022
Mark Davies was appointed as Senior Independent Director on 1 August 2022

Richard Starr stepped down from the Board as Executive Property Director on 12 August 2022

Committee 
membership

A Audit and 

Risk Committee

N Nomination 
Committee

R Remuneration 
Committee

E

ESG 
Committee

4 1

GOVERNANCEExecutive
Committee

Steven Owen
Interim Executive Chairman

Matthew Simpson
Chief Financial Officer

Daniel Davies
Head of Asset Management

Date of appointment
Joined the Group on 1 January 2022

Date of appointment
Appointed as Chief Financial Officer in 
November 2021

Date of appointment
Joined the Group in January 2018

Expertise

See Board profile.

Expertise

See Board profile.

Expertise

Daniel is a Chartered Surveyor with over 
20 years of real estate experience and 
joined Palace Capital in 2018. Daniel brings 
extensive experience of asset management 
having spent 12 years at Telereal Trillium, 
one of the UK’s largest private property 
companies.. Prior to this position, he spent 
four years at Nelson Bakewell, where his 
role included investment, agency and 
management.

Tom Hood
Head of Investment

Andrew Wolfe
Financial Controller

Phil Higgins
Company Secretary

Date of appointment
Joined the Group in September 2019

Date of appointment
Joined the Group in June 2018

Date of appointment
Phil was appointed Company Secretary in 
December 2021

Expertise

Expertise

Expertise

Tom joined Palace Capital in September 
2019 from Mansford LLP where he was a 
Director in the Asset Management and 
Investment Team, responsible for the full life 
cycle across a diversified UK portfolio. He 
held previous roles at GVA and BNP Paribas 
in their Central London Investment Teams.

Tom is a Chartered Surveyor with an 
MSc in Real Estate from The University 
of Reading and an LLB from Durham 
University. He also holds the CFA UK IMC.

Andrew Wolfe is a Chartered 
Accountant having spent 3 years at 
PricewaterhouseCoopers in the Financial 
Services sector, having an array of 
investment banking and private equity 
clients, most notably Barclays Investment 
Bank. Andrew was also selected to spend 
6 months in Stockholm, working at SEB 
bank, one of the biggest investment 
banks in Scandinavia and also spent 2 
years at EasyHotel, a listed property 
company.

Phil was previously acting Company 
Secretary at Kier Group plc and has 
significant experience in the listed property 
sector having been Deputy Company 
Secretary at Land Securities Group plc and 
intu properties plc. Phil has wide ranging 
senior level experience in FTSE100 and 
FTSE250 companies and professional 
services firms during his 25 years as a 
governance professional. He holds an LLM 
in Commercial Law and is a Fellow of the 
Corporate Governance Institute.

P
A
L
A
C
E

C
A
P

I

T
A
L

P
L
C

A
N
N
U
A
L

R
E
P
O
R
T

A
N
D

A
C
C
O
U
N
T
S

2
0
2
3

4 2

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Governance
framework

Board and committees

Board of Directors as at 31 March 2023

Interim Executive Chairman (IEC): Steven Owen

One Executive Director and two Non-Executive Directors (including the IEC)

Summary of its role under the UK Corporate Governance Code: 
“Collectively responsible for devising the purpose, vision and long-term strategy and overseeing its implementation in order to 
promote the long term sustainable success of the company, generating value for  

shareholders and contributing to wider society.”

Board committees

Audit & Risk 
Committee 

Remuneration 
Committee 

Nomination 
Committee  

ESG Committee 

Chair:

Mark Davies

Chair:

Mark Davies

Chair:

Steven Owen

Chair:

Matthew Simpson

Comprises:

Comprises:

Comprises:

Comprises:

Two Non-Executive 
Directors

Two Non-Executive 
Directors

Two Non-Executive 
Directors

Summary of Role:

•  Monitor and 

oversee financial 
reporting

•  Monitor risk 

management and 
internal controls

•  Oversee external 
auditors and the 
audit process

Summary of Role:

Summary of Role:

•  Set Remuneration 
policy and oversee 
its implementation

•  Review Directors’ 
remuneration 
packages and 
incentives

•  Approve incentives, 
bonus and salaries

•  Recommend Board 
appointments

•  Succession planning

•  Board composition 

skills and diversity

•  Board performance 

evaluation

Executive Director and 
Two Non-Executive 
Directors

Summary of Role:

•  Develop the 

strategy for ESG 
matters 

•  Oversee ESG 

implementation

•  Stakeholder 
engagement

4 3

GOVERNANCEBoard composition and division
of responsibilities

Key responsibilities

Roles

Responsibilities

Interim Executive Chairman

•  Leads the Board and Chairs the Executive Committee

•  Sets the Board and Executive Committee agenda and meeting schedule

•  Oversees the culture of the Board including diversity of opinion, ensures all the 
Directors are properly briefed and are able to take a full and constructive part in 
Board discussions

•  Responsible for evaluating the performance of the Board, Executive management 

and of the other Non-Executive Director

•  Engages with advisors and meets with shareholders to understand their concerns 

and views and consider implications for the strategy of the Company

•  Has a prime role in appointing and removing Directors

•  Line management of Head of Asset Management and Head of Investment 

Senior Independent Director

•  Provides a sounding board for the Interim Executive Chairman and serves as an 

intermediary for the Executive Director

•  Available to discuss concerns with Shareholders that cannot be resolved through 
the normal channels of communication with the Interim Executive Chairman 

•  Responsible for reviewing the Interim Executive Chairman’s performance

•  Brings a wide perspective and experience to provide independent judgement and 

objectivity to the Board’s deliberations and decision making

•  Scrutinises and holds to account the performance of management

Board composition at 31 March 2023

Gender diversity   

 Male   

 Female 

3

Independence    

 Independent    
 Interim Executive Chairman (independent on 

appointment) 

 Executive Director (CFO)

1

1

1

4 4

PALACE CAPITAL PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023Board performance
evaluation

Board performance evaluation

During the year, the Board conducted an internal evaluation of 
its performance. The last external evaluation was conducted by 
ICSA Board Evaluation Services in 2019. 

This year’s review process was led by the Interim Executive 
Chairman with support from the Company Secretary.

As part of the review, the Board 

• 

• 

• 

reviewed the results of the board performance evaluation 
process that relate to the composition of the board, its 
diversity and how effectively the members of the board work 
together to achieve objectives;

reviewed the results of the performance evaluation of the 
Committees; and

reviewed the time required from Non-Executive Directors, 
including the Interim Executive Chairman and Senior 
Independent Director. 

Process

The evaluation was conducted in March 2023 via a questionnaire 
sent to each Board member to obtain their feedback. This 
covered: 

•  Board responsibilities 

•  Oversight

•  Board meetings

•  Support for the Board

•  Board composition and size

•  Working together

•  Outcomes and achievements

The process included a review of the effectiveness of the 
Remuneration, Nomination and Audit & Risk Committees. 

A report was compiled based on the findings. This was 
considered in April 2023.

The Board was considered to be of the right size for the 
Company. This reflected the updated strategy adopted in the 
year and the requirements of the business. The Board was 
thought to have the appropriate mix of skills and experience to 
execute the strategy in line with shareholder expectations, taking 
into account in particular shareholder concerns on the Company’s 
previous strategy and costs.

Decision making 

It was felt that the Board was more efficient and that decision 
making was quicker and generally more agile. A number of 
additional Board and Committee meetings were held during the 
year to consider issues outside the scheduled annual meeting 
schedule and the Interim Executive Chairman and Senior 
Independent Director made themselves available for such meetings. 

In the year, the Board was more involved in overseeing the 
implementation of the strategy. The new Executive Committee 
was helpful to support the Interim Executive Chairman for the 
provision of operational information and the day to day running 
of the business. 

It was considered that employees and shareholders understood 
and supported the new Board structure and the roles and 
responsibilities, though this had been an area of development in the 
year as employees became used to the new governance structure.

Communication

Employees have now got a better understanding of the 
differences between an Executive Committee and the Board and 
the relevant information requirements of each. Board papers 
are considered to be of good standard with more signposting 
on the key issues via Executive Summaries being encouraged. 
Communication was considered to have improved both from 
and to employees as Board members encouraged an open 
culture. This has included informal events where staff could 
discuss matters with the Interim Executive Chairman and Senior 
Independent Director personally. 

Administration

The Board and Committee agendas’ focus was appropriate for 
the Company being focused on the key issues. Papers provided 
the right information for the Board and Committees to consider 
and make appropriate decisions, including those matters 
reserved for the Board and escalated from management and the 
Executive Committee. Papers were now provided up to a week in 
advance of meetings via a secure Board portal.

Looking forwards

The Board agreed that it should continue to monitor shareholder 
views while implementing the articulated strategy. 

4 5

GOVERNANCEBoard activities and 
Committee attendance 

The Board has a culture of diligent preparation for meetings, 
whether virtual or in person, constructive discussion on matters and 
appropriate challenge. The Non-Executive Directors are considered 
to be independent and free from any relationship that could affect 
the exercise of their independent judgement. It is felt that their 
knowledge and understanding are fundamental to the Board’s 
deliberations. The Board is led by the Interim Executive Chairman. 

The profiles of the Board members can be found on pages 41 of 
this Report. They demonstrate a complementary diversity of skills, 
backgrounds and experience, which enables the Group to be  
led effectively. 

The Directors’ interests in the shares of the Company are set out 
on page 63. The Board met four times during the financial year 
in accordance with its usual meeting programme. A significant 
number of further meetings were convened to deal with specific 
strategic and corporate matters. 

The Board has a schedule of matters reserved for its approval 
which includes material capital commitments, acquisitions and 
disposals and Board appointments. This was reviewed in the year 
and updated for best practice matters, in line with the Code. 
Directors are given information for each Board meeting, including 
reports on the current financial and operational performance and 
the papers are considered carefully. In the year, suggestions for 
development of papers were incorporated, including the use of 
a new Board portal for improved access and communication.

Board1

Audit and Risk

Remuneration

Nomination

ESG

Steven Owen (Chairman)

Mark Davies

Matthew Simpson

Neil Sinclair2 

Richard Starr4

Kim Taylor-Smith3

Mickola Wilson3

Paula Dillon3

4/4

3/3

4/4

0/1

1/1

1/1

1/1

1/1

2/2

2/2

–

-

-

1/1

1/1

1/1

3/3

2/2

–

-

-

1/1

1/1

1/1

1/1

1/1

–

-

-

-

-

-

1/1

-

1/1

-

1/1

1/1

1/1

1/1

1 

In addition to scheduled meetings noted above, the Board and Remuneration Committee held ad hoc meetings virtually and in person during the year 
to discuss specific strategic and operational and leaving arrangements for the Executive Directors who stepped down in the year 

2  Stepped down from the Board 14 June 2022

3  Stepped down from the Board 18 July 2022

4  Stepped down from the Board 12 August 2022

Culture

The Board has overall responsibility for establishing the Company’s purpose and strategy and satisfying itself that these and the 
Company’s culture are aligned. 

The management team drives the embedding of the desired culture and ensures that the expected values and beliefs are sufficiently 
understood and upheld. During the year, the Board, in its considerations, took into account the views of the workforce via the 
Workforce Advisory Panel and held regular discussions and updates on the strategy via the Executive Committee. In addition, the 
Board keeps the values, beliefs, policies and practices that encapsulate the Group’s culture under review. It assessed reports from 
management and the output of the Workforce Advisory Panel. It monitored adherence to Group policies and compliance with the 
internal corporate governance requirements of the Company and under the Code and regulatory requirements. 

For further information regarding the Company’s approach to investing in and rewarding its workforce, please see page 59.

4 6

PALACE CAPITAL PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023Nomination Committee
report

Members

•  Steven Owen (Chair)

•  Mark Davies

Total meetings held: 
One

Steven Owen

Chair of Nomination Committee

Key actions
•  Considering Board and Executive Committee composition  

Areas of focus 
Succession plans 

•  Considering terms of reference

•  Board Evaluation

Director training and development

Dear Shareholder, 
In accordance with the Code, at least a majority of members of 
the Committee should be Independent Non-Executive Directors. 
While I was independent on appointment, from August 2022 we 
have not been compliant with this aspect of the Code. 

On 18 July the three independent Non-Executive Directors 
stepped down from the Board and on 1 August 2022, Mark 
Davies was appointed as an Independent Non-Executive Director 
and joined the Committee. Since that date, the Committee 
has therefore consisted of myself as Chair and Mark Davies as 
independent Non-Executive Director member. The CFO may 
attend Committee meetings by invitation. 

Board changes

Chief Executive
In line with the Committee’s terms of reference, the Committee 
considered and agreed with Neil Sinclair that he would step 
down from the Board in the summer of 2022. We agreed that 
it was appropriate in these circumstances that Steven Owen, 
then Chairman, would become Interim Executive Chairman. The 
changes took effect on 14 June 2022.

Non-Executive Directors
On 18 July 2022, Paula Dillon, Kim Taylor-Smith and Mickola 
Wilson, Independent Non-Executive Directors, stepped down 
from the Board.

The Committee met formally once during the year (details of 
attendance are set out on page 46) . 

On 1 August 2022, Mark Davies was appointed as Senior 
Independent Director. 

The Nomination Committee leads the process for appointments 
to the Board and overseas the plans for orderly succession to 
both the Board and senior management positions. 

Executive Property Director
On 12 August 2022, following the AGM on 29 July 2022, Richard 
Starr, Executive Property Director, stepped down from the Board.

The Committee has kept the structure and composition of the 
Board under regular review to ensure it has the right balance of 
skills, knowledge, experience and diversity to carry out its duties 
and provide effective leadership.

4 7

GOVERNANCENomination Committee
report (continued)

Evaluation 

AGM

In accordance with the Code, each of the Directors will submit 
themselves for election or re-election at the 2023 AGM. The 
Committee, on behalf of the Board, is satisfied that all Board 
members put forward for election or re-election have, and continue 
to commit the time required to discharge their roles effectively. 

The Committee believes that, despite non-compliance with the 
Code, the Board has the appropriate balance of skills, experience, 
independence and knowledge to oversee the particular strategy 
of the Company and Shareholders are requested to support the 
resolutions proposed by the Board.

Steven Owen

Chair of Nomination Committee

14 June 2023

A formal and rigorous internal evaluation of the Board’s 
performance was carried out , the process and findings of which 
are set out on page 45. The Committee oversaw the evaluation 
process ensuring that a clear action plan was put in place.

The Committee is satisfied that the Board has a strong group 
of people from different backgrounds and experience which 
provides for effective decision making. 

Diversity 

The Committee is very conscious that the current Board 
consists of three men, albeit of different ages, experience and 
backgrounds. The Committee considers that the Board has the 
right mix for the Company at present due to its strategy and the 
need for extensive property and listed company experience but 
commits to taking into account diversity in its broadest sense for 
any future appointments. 

Such considerations would also apply for changes to the 
Executive Committee, being senior management, noting that 
the appointments to the Committee in the year were made from 
existing staff. These people, albeit all men, were considered 
appropriate to be members of the Committee based on their 
experience, expertise and suitability for the role and I believe 
that the Committee is working well in delivering the strategy in 
operational and financial terms. It was not appropriate for the 
Company’s strategy to recruit new members of staff as existing 
staff members had shown the capability and desire to take on 
these roles. 

As Interim Executive chairman, I lead the Executive Committee 
and am very keen to involve the wider employee group to add 
their voice to discussions and considerations of their areas of 
responsibility. 

4 8

PALACE CAPITAL PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023Environmental Social and Governance Committee 
report

Members

•  Matthew Simpson (Chair)

•  Steven Owen

•  Mark Davies

Total meetings held: 
One

Matthew Simpson

Chair of ESG Committee

Key actions
•  Oversaw the overall governance of ESG matters

•  Reviewed the development of EPC improvements and net 

zero pathway

•  Oversaw implementation of new third party web based data 
collection platform to improve efficiency of data collection 
and interpretation 

•  Oversaw specialist advice on ESG matters

Areas of focus 
The remit of the Environmental, Social and Governance (‘ESG’) 
Committee is to oversee the Company’s response to the evolving 
environmental, health and safety, corporate social responsibility, 
corporate governance, sustainability, and other public policy matters 
relevant to the Company.

Dear Shareholder, 
The Committee met formally once during the year with 
discussions at an operational level taking place regularly at 
Executive Committee meetings. The ESG Committee agenda 
includes updates from management in relation to the progress 
against the Board’s ESG strategy and its three fundamental 
objectives, which are to:

• 

Improve the portfolio’s EPC ratings 

•  Foster a culture of inclusivity and consideration of 

stakeholders’ interests

•  Be a responsible business

The following pages set out the key responsibilities and activities 
of the Committee in its oversight role. For more information on 
the Group’s activities in this area, please see the Strategic Report.

Committee role 

The Committee’s terms of reference set out its role and 

the authority delegated to it by the Board. The primary 

responsibilities of the Committee are to: 

•  Define the Group’s corporate and social obligations, 

agree a strategy for discharging these and oversee the 
implementation of such strategy

•  Ensure there is recognition of the impact of the Group’s 
activities on all stakeholders, monitor the engagement 
with each stakeholder group and support the Board in its 
understanding of the interests of key stakeholders

• 

In conjunction with management, the Board and other 
Committees, identify the material social and environmental 
risks and ensure that appropriate measures are taken to 
mitigate such risks

4 9

GOVERNANCEEnvironmental Social and Governance Committee 
report (continued)

Strategy and linkage to ESG

Palace Capital has made good progress during the year including 
improved EPC ratings and a better understanding of its carbon 
footprint and scope 1, 2 and 3 reporting. Environmental factors 
are a key part of our asset management planning as described 
earlier in the Strategic Report.

ESG strategy

A key aspect of the ESG strategy is centred on the environmental 
performance of the Group’s assets and improving the portfolio in 
a cost effective manner to adapt to changing occupier demands. 
The Principal Risk Register (see pages 26 to 29) includes such 
risks. The Committee believes that management have made 
good progress in the year to embed ESG considerations into  
the business.

The Committee has reviewed the processes for collecting data 
in relation to the environmental performance of the Group’s 
assets, which have been enhanced further during the year and 
embedded in the Company’s processes including through 
the use of a new platform for the recording and calculation of 
data called ‘Compare Your Footprint’. This allows our assets’ 
managing agents to input the data directly and enhances the 
efficiency of our data collection and interpretation going forwards 
so we may take action as appropriate.  

We have considered the pathway to net zero as part of the 
Company’s asset plans. We consider the appropriate timeframe 
for our assets, taking into consideration our strategy, to be in line 
with the legislation which is therefore 2050.

Matthew Simpson

Chair of ESG Committee

14 June 2023

5 0

PALACE CAPITAL PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023Audit and Risk Committee
report

Members

•  Mark Davies (Chair)

•  Steven Owen

Total meetings held: 
Three

Mark Davies

Chair of Audit and Risk Committee

Areas of focus 
The Committee will continue to meet with the valuers to further 
review their independent valuations for the full year and half year

The Committee will review the possible capital costs of ESG 
matters and the Company’s provision of these

Overall, we are pleased with the Company’s robust reporting 
processes and its approach to considering and mitigating its 
Principal Risks, as described more fully on pages 26 to 29. 

Composition

Due to the size of the Board, the Committee is not constituted 
in accordance with the Code as the Interim Executive Chairman 
is a member of the Committee. The Code requirement is that all 
members are Independent Non-Executive Directors. The CFO 
regularly attends Committee meetings by invitation. The Committee 
is satisfied that its composition is appropriate, that I bring recent 
and relevant financial experience as a Chartered Accountant and 
many years as a FTSE250 Director, and considers that all members 
have the necessary competence relevant to the sector in which 
the Company operates, as required by the Code, since the Interim 
Executive Chairman and I have many year’s experience in the real 
estate sector.  

Key actions
•  Reviewed and approved the annual and half-yearly  

financial statements

•  Ensured that the Annual Report was fair, balanced and 

understandable

•  Scrutinised potential transactions and property valuations 

•  Full and mid-year risk reviews

•  Considered the appointment of the external Auditor, their 

reports to the Committee and their independence

Dear Shareholder, 
The Committee assists the Board in its oversight and assurance 
roles, ensuring that the annual report and accounts are fair 
balanced and understandable and provides the information 
necessary for shareholders to assess the Company’s position, 
performance, business model and strategy. 

The Committee has supported the Board by monitoring the 
integrity of the Company’s financial and narrative reporting and 
the robustness of the Group’s risk management and internal 
control framework, taking into account that the Company does 
not have an internal audit function. Due to the size and relative 
lack of complexity of the business, the Committee recommended 
to the Board that no internal audit function was required. 
We have however, worked closely with the external auditors, 
reviewing key accounting judgements and policies, and ensuring 
an effective external audit process. I am pleased to report that 
no material uncertainty disclosure has been included in the 
valuations issued by the independent valuer of our properties, 
CBRE in April 2023.

5 1

GOVERNANCEAudit and Risk Committee
report (continued)

Financial reporting and significant matters

Viability statement

The Committee reviewed the viability statement and the period 
for which the Board should assess the prospects of the Group. 
Following the review, the Committee concluded that a three 
year period was appropriate, in line with the Company’s internal 

forecasting horizon. Further details are provided on page 25.

Fair, balanced and understandable
The Committee has considered whether the Annual Report is 
fair, balanced and understandable and provides the information 
necessary for Shareholders to assess the Company’s position and 
performance. In forming its opinion, the Committee considered 
whether the Annual Report provided a comprehensive review 
of matters in the year, both positive and negative, included 
all relevant financial transactions and balances, was consistent 
throughout and had been written in straightforward language 
without unnecessary repetition. The Committee was satisfied 
that, taken as a whole, the Annual Report is fair, balanced and 
understandable.

As part of its role, the Committee has considered a number 
of significant issues relating to the financial statements. 
This includes the suitability of accounting policies and the 
appropriateness of management’s judgements and estimates. 
The Group’s accounting policies can be found in the notes to the 
consolidated financial statements and further information on the 
significant issues considered by the Committee is set out below.

Property valuations 
The valuation of the Group’s properties and the determination 
of their fair value is one of the most critical elements of the 
annual and half-year financial results. The Committee reviews 
the valuations and the underlying assumptions and judgements 
applied by management and CBRE. The Committee receives 
information on the valuation process and reviews updates 
from management in relation to current market trends and 
key valuation movements compared to previous periods. The 
Committee provides robust challenge and satisfies itself that 
sufficient oversight and controls are in place and that the financial 
reporting is supported. 

Going concern
The Committee reviewed whether it was appropriate to adopt 
the going concern basis in the preparation of the financial 
statements. In considering this, the Committee reviewed the 
Group’s 12-month cashflow forecasts, availability of bank facilities 
and the headroom under the financial covenants in our debt 
arrangements. With this knowledge, and following the review, the 
Committee recommended to the Board that it was appropriate to 
adopt the going concern basis of preparation.

Internal Control Framework

Governance 
Framework

Strategic 
Framework

Risk 
Management 
Framework

Assurance 
Framework

5 2

PALACE CAPITAL PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023External auditor

Internal audit

Given the size of the Group, in the opinion of the Committee, 
there is currently no requirement for an internal audit function. 
The work of the external Auditor provides an element of comfort 
that controls are operating as intended and the management 
team regularly review the operation of the Group’s policies  
and procedures.

Whistleblowing procedures

The Audit and Risk Committee reviews arrangements whereby 
employees may in confidence raise concerns, which are detailed in 
the Company’s Employee Handbook. During the year no concerns 
were raised. It is intended that the process will be reviewed again 
in the upcoming year to ensure it remains effective.

Mark Davies

Chair of Audit and Risk Committee

14 June 2023

BDO LLP was first appointed as external Auditor in respect of 
the year ended 31 March 2015. In accordance with the EU Audit 
Regulation and Directive, the Group will be required to put the 
external audit contract out to tender in 2024. 

The Committee has assessed BDO’s performance, independence, 
objectivity and fees, as well as the effectiveness of the audit 
process. In making its assessment, the Committee considered the 
qualifications, expertise and resources, the quality and timeliness 
of the delivery of the audit and the provision of non-audit related 
services. The Committee made their assessment based on 
feedback from management, their own interaction with the audit 
team and assurances provided by the Auditor in relation to their 
independence.

In the year ended 31 March 2023 the only non-audit services 
provided to the Group related to the independent review of the 
half-year results. 

The Committee will only authorise non-audit services on the 
basis that they are permissible under regulations relating to a 
Public Interest Entity and the Company has a formal non-audit 
services Policy. 

Audit fees

Fees payable to the Group’s Auditors for audit and non-audit 
services are set out in note 3 on page 91 and 92. Total fees 
related to non-audit services represented less than 5% of the 
total fees for audit services (2022: 5.6%).

Risk management and internal controls

The Board is responsible for the Group’s risk management and 
internal control systems. To support the Board, the Committee 
oversees and at least annually reviews the effectiveness of 
the Group’s internal controls and risk management systems 
and reviews / approves the related statements in the Annual 
Report. During the year the Committee received updates from 
management and the external Auditor regarding the operation 
of key controls. As part of their review the Committee also 
considered the process of risk identification, mitigation and 
evaluation of the potential impact on the Group’s strategic 
objectives. The Directors are satisfied that the current controls 
are effective with regard to the size of the Group.

The internal controls are designed to ensure the reliability of 
financial information for both internal and external purposes. 
However, they can only provide reasonable, but not absolute 
assurance against material misstatement or loss.

5 3

GOVERNANCEDirectors’ remuneration
report

Members

•  Mark Davies (Chair)

•  Steven Owen

Total meetings held: 
Three

Mark Davies 
Chair of the Remuneration Committee

Key actions
•  Reviewed the Remuneration Policy and proposals for a 

new Realisation Plan to be put to shareholders at the 2023 
AGM to motivate and retain management to implement the 
updated strategy and deliver alignment with shareholders

•  Considered the leaving arrangements for the former Chief 

Executive and Executive Property Director 

•  Reviewed Executive Director and Senior Management 

Remuneration including for promotions in the year for certain 
executives below Board level

•  Determined that no awards would be made in FY23 under 

the Long Term Incentive Plan

•  Appointed Korn Ferry as advisors

•  Reviewed wider workforce remuneration arrangements 
including overall levels of salary, bonus, pensions  
and benefits

•  Engaged with Shareholders on remuneration including 
possible changes to the Remuneration Policy and new 
Realisation Plan 

•  Engaged with the workforce on how executive remuneration 

aligns with wider company pay policy

Dear Shareholder, 
The Committee’s primary objective is to ensure that the Group’s 
remuneration policies and practices that apply to Board members 
and Senior Executives support the successful delivery of the 
strategy. This report provides details of how the Committee has 
taken action in the year to achieve this. 

Committee membership and meetings 

Following the changes in the Board in July 2022, the Committee 
consisted of myself an Independent Non-Executive Director, as 
Chair, and the Interim Executive Chairman. Although we were 
not compliant with the Code, (which requires that members of 
the Committee are Independent Non-Executive Directors), we 
believe that the Committee has sufficient independence and 
experience to oversee executive management remuneration.

In relation to the meetings held, and actions taken, it is worth 
noting that Steven Owen’s remuneration as Interim Executive 
Chairman was decided by the Board and he was not involved 
in the discussions relating to the fees for his services. The Chief 
Financial Officer may attend Committee meetings by invitation but 
is not involved in deliberations relating to his own remuneration. 
The Committee appointed Korn Ferry as independent advisors in 
the year, who are invited to attend meetings.

The Committee met three times during the year (details of 
attendance are set out on page 46). In addition, ad hoc meetings 
were held to consider the leaving arrangements of the Executive 
Directors who stepped down in the year. 

5 4

PALACE CAPITAL PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023Advisors 
The Committee was previously advised by MM&K who did not 
provide services in FY23 and therefore did not receive a fee. Korn 
Ferry were appointed as advisors to the Committee during the 
year ended 31 March 2023 and were paid £22,210 (2022: nil) for 
advice including a new Remuneration Policy and Realisation Plan.   
Korn Ferry are also remuneration advisors to the Remuneration 
Committee of PHP where the Interim Executive Chairman was 
Chairman in the year. Mr Owen retired from the Remuneration 
Committee of PHP on 31 December 2022. Otherwise, Korn Ferry 
do not have any other connection with the Company or Directors 
personally. The Committee is satisfied that the advice is objective 
and independent and thanks Korn Ferry for their assistance.

Remuneration policy 

When setting the remuneration policy, the Committee considers 
the need to attract, retain and motivate whilst ensuring the 
overall approach to remuneration supports the Group’s strategy 
and is aligned with the interests of Shareholders.

The Directors’ Remuneration Policy was last approved at the 
Company’s AGM held in July 2021 and a summary of the policy 
can be found on pages to 56 to 58. Remuneration arrangements 
in the year were made under the existing Policy.

As announced in July 2022, the strategy of the Company has 
changed significantly since the Policy was introduced and is 
focussed on returning cash to Shareholders, while being mindful 
of consolidation in the sector. Accordingly, the Committee has 
undertaken a review, in consultation with large Shareholders, of 
the Policy and is actively considering a revised Remuneration 
Policy to be put to Shareholders for approval at the 2023 AGM 
to reflect the new strategy. This includes proposing a new 
incentive plan – a ‘Realisation Plan’ which would, if approved 
by Shareholders, replace the Long Term Incentive Plan and 
reward management for implementing the return of cash to 
Shareholders and value creation. In return for awards under the 
Realisation Plan, it is anticipated that the maximum amount of 
annual bonus for staff will be reduced by 50% and there will be 
no future LTIP awards. The adoption of the Realisation Plan would 
require an amendment to the Policy, so this would also be put  
to Shareholders. 

Performance outcomes for FY23 

The 12 months to 31 March 2023 were challenging with a difficult 
economic backdrop. Despite this, the Group achieved 99% rent 
collection, a resilient adjusted profit before tax, ahead of budget, 
as well as reducing our net debt levels and returning cash to 
shareholders via the share buyback. 

In light of the uncertainty that has existed in the year, the 
Committee delayed setting the targets for Mr Simpson’s annual 
bonus for the year ended 31 March 2023. After reviewing the 
financial and corporate performance for the year, a total of 34% 
of the maximum potential target was achieved by Mr Simpson. In 

line with the updated strategy, the Committee determined that 
the bonus would be fully paid in cash. 

The Long Term Incentive awards that were granted in 2019 
had a normal vesting date of 23 June 2022. The performance 
conditions were not met and the awards lapsed. Full details can 
be found on page 61.

The Committee determined to delay the grant of awards under 
the Long Term Incentive Plan, following the adoption of the 
updated strategy by the Company announced in July 2022 and 
no awards were made under the Plan in FY23. 

Implementation in FY24 

Subject to Shareholder approval of the Realisation Plan and new 
Remuneration Policy, the existing Remuneration Policy will remain 
in effect. Due to the updated strategy, no awards under the 
Long-Term Incentive Plan will be made in FY24.

The salary increase for the Chief Financial Officer is 2.9% for 
the period commencing 1 April 2023, in accordance with the 
Remuneration Policy. This is below the average salary increase for 
the workforce. Details are provided on page 66. In accordance 
with the existing Remuneration Policy, the maximum bonus 
opportunity for the CFO will not be more than 100% of salary. It 
is anticipated that, if the Realisation Plan is approved, then the 
maximum potential under a revised Remuneration Policy will be 
50% of salary. The Committee ensures that individual metrics are 
aligned to the business strategy and are sufficiently stretching.

Concluding remarks

The remuneration arrangements provide alignment with 
shareholders through the use of financial and operational 
objectives. The framework applies in a very similar way across 
the workforce in terms of types of benefits and variable pay 
and reflects their importance to the Company and valued 
contribution. Accordingly it is anticipated that all employees will 
be eligible to participate in the proposed Realisation Plan. 

The Committee will take into consideration a range of 
stakeholders’ interests especially those of our Shareholders 
when making remuneration decisions. Accordingly, on behalf 
of the Committee, I would like to thank Shareholders for their 
engagement and continued support. 

Mark Davies

Chair of Remuneration Committee

14 June 2023

5 5

GOVERNANCERemuneration
policy

This policy report summarises the Directors’ Remuneration Policy applicable to 
the Executive Director and the Non-Executive Directors, details of which were 
contained in that year’s Annual Report and approved at the Company’s AGM 
on 29 July 2021. That Policy is effective for a period of up to three years. It is 
anticipated that a new Policy will be put to shareholders for approval at the 2023 
AGM and details will be provided in the Notice of AGM. Until a new Policy is 
approved, the existing Policy will remain in effect.

Executive Director policy table

Element and link with strategy Operation and maximum potential value

Performance framework

Salary

Fixed amount at a level 
appropriate to the skills and 
experience needed to fulfil 
the role.

Salaries are reviewed annually with effect from 1 April each year. Any 
increases are made having regard to inflation, personal performance, 
and the need to retain and motivate. A review of the salaries in the 
Company’s peer group in conjunction with the Group’s remuneration 
advisors may be undertaken to ensure comparable salaries are 
being paid. 

Salary is not linked to 
specific financial or  
non-financial 
performance measures.

Annual bonus

To incentivise performance 
which is measured against 
targets set at the beginning of 
the financial year. Paying part of 
the bonus in shares aligns the 
interests of the directors with 
those of shareholders.

The Remuneration Committee seeks to ensure that salaries are set 
at levels that are reasonable with an emphasis on total remuneration 
being achieved from performance-based rewards.

The Committee does not specify a maximum salary or maximum 
salary increase.

Performance targets are usually set by the Remuneration Committee 
at the beginning of each financial year. At the end of the financial 
year the Committee reviews performance against the targets and  
also takes in to account the overall financial performance and  
future prospects. 

Performance is assessed 
against a range of 
financial, non-financial 
and strategic targets 
which vary each year. 

The maximum bonus opportunity is capped at 100% of salary. The 
bonus is paid as to 65% in cash and 35% by way of an option over 
shares pursuant to the Deferred Bonus Plan. The ability to exercise 
the option granted under the Deferred Bonus Plan is deferred for a 
year and there is a period of a further year during which the options 
may be exercised. The Committee has discretion for 100% to be paid 
in cash. 

The Committee may, in exceptional circumstances, use its discretion 
to amend the bonus outcome if it believes that it does not properly 
reflect overall underlying business performance, an individual’s 
contribution or some other factor.

Malus and clawback provisions apply to all elements of the bonus.  

5 6

PALACE CAPITAL PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023Element and link with strategy Operation and maximum potential value

Performance framework

LTIP

To incentivise and reward 
performance over the long term, 
aligning Directors’ interests with 
those of Shareholders.

Pension

As part of the overall package 
the Executive Director is 
provided with retirement benefits

Other Benefits

As part of their overall package 
the Executive Director is 
provided with a competitive 
level of benefits that encourage  
well-being and engagement

Awards are proposed to be granted in the form of nil cost options 
and will be subject to challenging performance conditions in line with 
business KPIs, measured over a three-year period.

Award levels are capped at a maximum value of 100% of salary. At 
the end of the three-year performance period a review is undertaken 
and a comparison made with the performance targets which will 
determine the percentage of the award that will vest. 

Vested shares are subject to a further two-year holding period.

The Committee may, in exceptional circumstances, use its discretion 
to adjust the level of vesting of LTIP awards if it believes it does 
not properly reflect overall underlying business performance, 
shareholders’ experience, an individual’s contribution or any 
combination thereof.

Performance measures 
are aligned to the 
key objectives of the 
Company and the 
creation of shareholder 
value. 

The Committee reviews 
the measures, their 
relative weightings 
and targets prior to 
each award and makes 
changes as is deemed 
appropriate.

Malus and clawback provisions apply to LTIPs.

The Executive Director receives a contribution in line with the rate 
applying to the majority of the workforce of 5% of salary paid into a 
pension scheme.

None

Travel or car allowance – Travel allowances are fixed in the  
Executive Director’s service contract.

None

Private medical cover - Private medical cover is at a level which  
the Committee determines is fair and reasonable.

Life assurance - Life assurance is fixed at £1.5m for the  
Executive Director.

Critical illness cover - The critical health insurance benefit provides 
£500,000 in the event policy cover terms are met.

Shareholding 
Requirements

The Executive Director is expected to build up and retain a minimum 
shareholding of 100% of basic salary.

None

Encourages long-term 
commitment and alignment with 
shareholder interests.

The shareholding will be built up over time, with a requirement to 
retain 25% of any shares vesting under the Deferred Bonus Plan or 
the Long-Term Incentive Plan (after tax/NI has been settled) until the 
guideline is met.

Post-employment requirements - Any shares that are still subject to 
the holding period as defined in the respective award will need to be 
retained, and in all other regards the Executive will be encouraged 
to engage with the Company regarding the timing of any sales for a 
period of two years following the termination of their employment 
to ensure an orderly market is preserved. The Committee may, 
in exceptional circumstances, exercise its discretion to adjust the 
holding requirement.

5 7

GOVERNANCERemuneration
policy (continued)

Dividend equivalents for share-based awards

How the committee will use its discretion

Awards granted under the Deferred Bonus Plan and Long 
Term Incentive Plan incorporate the right to receive amounts 
equivalent to any dividends or shareholder distributions which 
would have been paid between the date of grant and the date 
of the delivery of shares in respect of which an option has been 
exercised.

Malus and clawback

Where an option has been granted based on any incorrect 
information including, without limitation, a material misstatement 
in any published results of the Group, the number of shares 
subject to the option shall be reduced or eliminated. In the event 
that an option has already been exercised the Remuneration 
Committee may decide that the recipient should make a 
repayment of some or all of the benefit received. Malus and 
clawback also applies to the cash element of the bonus and in 
the circumstances described above a repayment of some or all of 
the cash may be required.

Non-Executive Directors and Chairman policy table

The Committee may amend or substitute any performance 
condition(s) if one or more events occur which cause it to 
determine that an amended or substituted performance 
condition would be more appropriate, provided that any such 
amended or substituted performance condition would not be 
materially less difficult to satisfy than the original condition. The 
Committee may adjust the calculation of performance targets 
and vesting outcomes (for instance for material acquisitions, 
disposals or investments and events not foreseen at the time 
the targets were set) to ensure they remain a fair reflection of 
performance over the relevant period. The Committee also 
retains discretion to make downward or upward adjustments 
resulting from the application of the performance measures if it 
considers that the outcomes are not a fair and accurate reflection 
of business performance. In the event that the Committee was 
to make an adjustment of this sort, a full explanation would be 
provided in the next Remuneration Report.

Element and link with strategy Operation and maximum potential value

Performance framework

Fees

To provide competitive fees to 
attract the right Non-Executives.

Fees are normally reviewed every two years following the advice of 
the Company’s remuneration advisors. 

Not applicable.

Additional fees are payable for the chairing of Board Committees.

No maximum is specified.

Approach to recruitment remuneration
The Company’s principle is that the remuneration of any new 
recruit to the Board will be assessed in line with the same 
principles as for the Executive Director, as set out in the  
Policy Table. 

The Committee is mindful that it wishes to avoid paying more 
than it considers necessary to secure a preferred candidate with 
the appropriate experience needed for a particular role. 

In setting the remuneration for new recruits, the Committee will 
have regard to guidelines and shareholder sentiment regarding 
one-off or enhanced short-term or long-term incentive payments 
as well as giving consideration for the appropriateness of any 
performance measures associated with an award. 

Where an existing employee is promoted to the Board, the 
policy would apply from the date of appointment to the Board 
and there would be no retrospective application of the policy 
in relation to subsisting incentive awards or remuneration 
arrangements. Accordingly, the existing remuneration package 
would be honoured and form part of the ongoing remuneration 
of the person concerned. These would be disclosed to 
shareholders in the Remuneration Committee report for the 
relevant financial year. 

New Non-Executive Directors will be appointed through letters 
of appointment and fees set at a competitive market level and 
in line with the other existing Non-Executive Director. Letters of 
appointment are normally for an initial term of three years.

5 8

PALACE CAPITAL PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023Service contracts and policy on payments for loss of office

The Committee’s policy on service contracts for Executive Directors is that they should provide for termination of employment by 
giving 12 months’ notice.

Element

Salary

Annual Bonus

Deferred Bonus Plan

LTIP

Operation

Service contracts may be terminated immediately by making a payment in lieu of notice. An 
immediate payment of 50% of salary will be made followed by monthly payments after six months 
in the event that alternative employment has not been secured.

In the event of termination for a reason other than resignation or gross misconduct for 
material performance or conduct concerns, a Director may be eligible, at the discretion of the 
Remuneration Committee to receive an award based on the achievement of the performance 
targets. If the Director has not been employed throughout the year a reduced pro-rata amount 
may be paid in specific circumstances or at the discretion of the Remuneration Committee.

In relation to Deferred Bonus awards, individuals would be defined as good or bad leavers, 
with good leavers being those leaving under pre-determined circumstances such as retirement, 
redundancy, ill-health, death or disability (proved to the satisfaction of the Committee), or those 
deemed by the Committee in its absolute discretion to be good leavers given the circumstances 
surrounding termination. All other leavers would be bad leavers. 

If an individual is categorised as a good leaver the award will vest on the normal vesting date 
unless the Committee determines the award should vest following cessation of employment or 
a change of control. If an individual is considered by the Committee to be a bad leaver, their 
awards will lapse in full.

Individuals would be defined as good or bad leavers, with good leavers being those leaving under 
pre-determined circumstances such as retirement, redundancy, ill-health, death or disability (proved 
to the satisfaction of the Board), or those deemed by the Committee in its absolute discretion to 
be good leavers given the circumstances surrounding termination. All other leavers would be bad 
leavers. If an individual is categorised as a good leaver then, other than in exceptional circumstances, 
the award will vest on the normal vesting date reflecting the extent to which performance targets 
have been met and the number of shares would normally be pro rated to reflect the reduced service 
period. The post vesting holding period would also apply, other than in exceptional circumstances. If 
an individual is determined to be a bad leaver, their awards will lapse in full.

Statement of consideration of employment 
conditions elsewhere in the company

Remuneration throughout the Group is considered when setting 
the directors’ remuneration policy. Benefits for employees are 
similar to those provided to the Executive Director, except that 
the pension available for employees is higher than that for the 
Executive Director. Individual salaries and awards of bonuses will 
vary according to the employees’ level of responsibility.

Statement of consideration of shareholder views

The Committee takes into account the published remuneration 
guidelines and specific views of Shareholders and proxy voting 
agencies when considering the operation of the Remuneration 
Policy. Where appropriate, the Committee will consult with 
the Company’s larger Shareholders regarding changes to the 
operation of the Policy. The Committee will consider specific 
concerns or matters raised at any time by Shareholders.

Decision making process for determination, 
review and implementation of directors’ 
remuneration policy

The Committee keeps the operation of the policy under regular 
review to ensure it continues to operate as intended and support 
the Group’s strategy over the longer term. The Committee will 
review the structure and quantum and consider the UK Corporate 
Governance Code 2018, market practice, institutional investor and 
investor representative body views generally as well as those of 
its own shareholders. The Committee will also have regard to the 
remuneration arrangements, policies and practices of the wider 
workforce. If changes are required, the Committee Chair engages 
with the Company’s largest Shareholders to ensure their feedback 
is taken into consideration when finalising any Policy changes. 

The Committee manages conflicts of interest by ensuring that 
the relevant member of management or the Committee are not 
present when their own remuneration is determined or discussed. 
The Committee will receive input from the Chief Financial Officer 
on remuneration related matters. The Company Secretary acts 
as Secretary to the Committee. The Committee is satisfied 
that the advice received by Korn Ferry in relation to executive 
remuneration matters is objective and independent.

5 9

GOVERNANCEAnnual remuneration
report

This report was prepared by the Remuneration Committee and approved by the 
Board for the financial year ended 31 March 2023

Directors’ total remuneration (audited)

The table below sets out the total remuneration receivable by each of the Directors who held office during the year to 31 March 2023, 
with a comparison to the previous financial year. 

Executive 
Directors

Neil Sinclair2

Richard Starr3

Year

2023

2022
2023

Salary 
£

Taxable 
benefits 
£

 65,980 

2,467 

303,000
87,957

229,500
Matthew Simpson1 2023 238,000

2022

61,973

2022
Stephen Silvester4 2023
2022
176,425
2023 391,937

Total

–

Bonus  
Cash 
£

–

98,475
59,500

74,588
80,800

52,000

–

17,773
3,258

8,525
9,150

3,628

–

1,747
14,875

–
140,300

Long  
term  
incentive  
plan 
£

–

118,402
–

89,314
–

–

–

74,775
–

Bonus  
Shares 
£

–

53,025
–

40,163
–

28,000

–

–
–

2022

770,898

31,673

225,063

121,188

282,491

Pension 
£

–

–
4,398

11,475
11,900

Total 
fixed pay 
£

68,447

320,773
95,613

249,500
259,050

Total 
variable  
pay 
£

–

269,902
59,500

204,065
80,800

Total pay 
£

 68,447

590,675
155,113

453,565
339,850

3,122

68,723

80,000

148,723

–

6,490
16,298

21,087

–

–

–

184,662
423,110

74,775
140,300

259,437
563,410

823,658

628,741

1,452,400

1  Matthew Simpson was appointed Chief Financial Officer on 11 November 2021.

2  Neil Sinclair stepped down from the Board on 14 June 2022. After leaving, Mr Sinclair was paid £374,758 in lieu of notice period, £639,780 as 

compensation for loss of office and the payment of his legal fees. Bonus shares awarded in the prior year were settled in cash.

3  Richard Starr stepped down from the Board on 12 August 2022. After leaving Mr Starr received £299,350 in lieu of notice period, £11,900 representing  
his pension, £80,000 as compensation for loss of office and the payment of his legal fees. He received salary and benefits from 12 August 2022 until  
30 September 2022 as an employee to assist with the handover of responsibilities.

4  Stephen Silvester left the Board as Chief Financial Officer on 29 October 2021. 

Non-Executive Directors

Steven Owen1
Mark Davies2
Kim Taylor-Smith4
Mickola Wilson4
Paula Dillon4
Stanley Davis3
Total

Fees to 31 
March 2023 
£

Fees to 31 
March 2022 
£

221,500
40,000
13,327
13,327
11,846
–
300,000

 27,500 
–
 45,000 
 45,000 
 40,000 
 37,500 
 195,000 

1  Steven Owen was appointed Chairman on 1 January 2022 on a fee of £110,000 and became Interim Executive Chairman on 14 June 2022 at an increased 

fee of £130,000 per annum plus additional fees of £10,000 per month for the extra responsibilities time commitment of the role

2  Mark Davies was appointed as Senior Independent Director on 1 August 2022

3  Stanley Davis retired as Chairman on 31 December 2021

4  Kim Taylor-Smith, Paula Dillon and Mickola Wilson stepped down from the Board on 18 July 2022

6 0

PALACE CAPITAL PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023Annual bonus

The Group’s remuneration policy for the year ended 31 March 2023 caps bonus payments to the Executive Director at 100% of salary. 
Bonuses are awarded depending on whether Company and individual performance achieve the relevant criteria, as determined by the 
Committee at its discretion. 

For the year ended 31 March 2023, the Chief Financial Officer was evaluated on the financial performance of the Company including on 
its Key Performance Indicators. These included debt reduction and reductions in annualised administration costs of £1.4 million. In terms 
of individual performance the Committee took into account the Chief Financial Officer’s corporate leadership and management of the 
finance function in addition to the engagement with banks and Shareholders to reduce debt and negotiate covenants where applicable. 

Based on the performance criteria, the Executive Director achieved 34% of the maximum award. 

At the discretion of the Company, in light of the updated strategy, the Committee determined to pay the FY23 bonus to the Chief 
Financial Officer wholly in cash.

Long-Term Incentive Plan

Executives have historically been able to participate in the Group’s Long Term Incentive Plan. The LTIP awards that were granted in 
June 2019 had a normal vesting date on 23 June 2022. The performance criteria over a three-year period was not achieved so all 
options lapsed. Performance was measured against total shareholder return and return of the property portfolio as calculated by IPD 
measured over a three-year period.

Outstanding scheme interests 

The Executive Director has the following outstanding awards under the Long-term Incentive Plan.

At  
31 March  

2023 Granted

Vested and 
exercised

Matthew Simpson

Total

–

–

30,223

64,856

95,079

–

–

–

–

–

Lapsed

17,875

–

–

As at  
31 March  
2022

Share price 
at date 
of award

Grant date Vesting date

17,875

30,223

64,856

112,954

£2.96

£1.90

£2.47

25/06/2019

25/06/2022

14/10/2020

14/10/2023

16/11/2021

16/11/2024

Awards granted from 2018 onwards are subject to a two-year holding period following vesting. Mr Simpson’s LTIP awards prior to 
joining the Board were based on 50% of salary. The awards made in 2019 to Mr Simpson and other LTIP recipients did not vest in line 
with the performance conditions attached to them. 

Awards under the LTIP made in 2020 and 2021 are subject to the Performance Conditions of those awards being: 

Vesting of 50% of the Award will be determined by the Total Shareholder Return (“TSR”) of the Company over the Performance Period 
beginning on 14 October 2020 and ending on 13 October 2023;

Vesting of the remaining 50% of the Award will be determined by the growth in the Portfolio Value (“PV”) of the Company over the 
Performance Period beginning on 31 March 2020 and ending on 31 March 2023, using the Total Property Return (“TPR”) as calculated 
by MSCI for the Group as compared with the TPR for the MSCI IPD Index (the “Comparator”) over the same period.

Vesting of Shares awarded under the 2021 LTIP is subject to Total Shareholder Return (“TSR”) and Total Property Return (“TPR”) 
as calculated by MSCI measured over a three-year period. The TSR aspect of the award will be subject to a downward adjustment 
according to the Company’s share price discount to Net Asset Value at the time of vesting.

Further details of the LTIP awards and performance criteria are contained in the 2021 and 2022 Annual Reports.

In line with the strategy announced in July 2022, no awards of LTIPs were made in FY23. 

6 1

GOVERNANCEAnnual remuneration
report (continued)

Deferred bonus plan

The Palace Capital Deferred Bonus Plan provides that 35% of any bonuses awarded may be deferred for a year and options over 
shares to the value of the deferred bonus amount allocated plus dividends accruing at the discretion of the Remuneration Committee. 
The Executive Director will have a further year from the vesting date to exercise their options. The Deferred Bonus Plan awards do not 
have any performance criteria attached to them. In respect of the year ended 31 March 2023, 35% of the bonuses due to the Executive 
Director was deferred and the details of the outstanding awards are as follows:

At  
31 March  
2023

9,831

Granted

9,831

Vested and 
exercised

-

Lapsed

–

As at  
31 March  
2022

Share price 
at date 

of award Grant date

Vesting  
date

–

£2.85

18/08/2022

18/08/2023

Matthew Simpson

Total pension entitlements

The Company makes pension contributions into a defined contribution scheme on behalf of the Director. For the year ending 31 March 
2023, in line with the Remuneration Policy, contributions were paid at a rate of 5% of basic salary.

Payments to past directors

Payments to past Directors in the year ended 31 March 2023 are as disclosed below for Mr Sinclair and Mr Starr. In relation to Mr Kim 
Taylor-Smith, Ms Paula Dillon and Mrs Mickola Wilson who stepped down in the year, payments those are disclosed in the table for 
payments made in the year.

Payments for loss of office

Mr Sinclair stepped down as Chief Executive on 14 June 2022. He received the following in line with his service agreement: he 
received a payment in lieu of his 12 month notice period, contractual benefits and holiday that would have accrued during the notice 
period together with a payment of accrued but outstanding holiday, together representing an aggregate amount of £374,758. 

Mr Sinclair received an annual bonus for the year to 31 March 2022 of £151,500, fully settled in cash (without an award under the 
Deferred Bonus Plan). As compensation for loss of employment and office and in settlement of all potential claims arising out of his 
departure, he received a payment of £639,780. The Company also agreed to pay his reasonable legal fees in relation to his termination 
arrangements. Mr Sinclair has awards outstanding, subject to performance and malus and clawback provisions under the LTIP Rules of: 
2021 LTIP - 23,645; and awards under the 2020 LTIP of 88,577 shares.

Mr Starr stepped down as Executive Property Director on 12 August 2022. He received the following in line with his contract: Mr 
Starr continued to be employed and received his normal salary and benefits until 30 September 2022. In accordance with his service 
agreement, Richard received a payment in lieu of his 12 month notice period, contractual benefits and holiday that would have accrued 
during the notice period together with a payment of accrued but outstanding holiday to the termination date, together representing 
an aggregate amount of £299,350, which was paid in two tranches with the first tranche paid shortly after 30 September 2022 and 
the second tranche paid in March 2023. In accordance with his service agreement, the Company made a payment in the aggregate 
amount of £11,900 in lieu of the Company pension contributions Richard would have received during the notice period into Richard’s 
pension. Richard received a pro-rated annual bonus for the year to 31 March 2023 of £59,500, fully settled in cash (without an award 
under the Deferred Bonus Plan). As compensation for loss of employment and office and in settlement of all potential claims arising 
out of his departure, he received a payment of £80,000. The Company also agreed to pay his reasonable legal fees in relation to his 
termination arrangements. Mr Starr has awards outstanding, subject to performance and malus and clawback provisions under the LTIP 
Rules of: 2021 LTIP - 27,077 shares; and awards under the 2020 LTIP of 78,989 shares.

In line with the Remuneration Policy, shares awarded under a share plan may be subject to a holding period of two years after receipt 
and Directors are to engage with the Company regarding disposals of shares to maintain an orderly market. 

6 2

PALACE CAPITAL PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023Statement of directors’ shareholding and share interests

Directors’ interests in the shares of the Company, including family interests, were as follows. Directors are encouraged to acquire shares 
in the Company up to 100% of salary over time. Shares vesting under share plans may be required by the Remuneration Committee to 
be retained for this purpose. 

Steven Owen
Matthew Simpson
Mark Davies
Neil Sinclair*
Richard Starr*
Kim Taylor-Smith*
Mickola Wilson*
Paula Dillon*

Ordinary shares of 
10p each  
31 March 2023*

Ordinary shares of 
10p each  
31 March 2022

Outstanding Ordinary 
share options of 10p 
each 31 March 2023*

Outstanding Ordinary 
share options of 10p 
each 31 March 2022

-
15,531
-
306,425
 232,831
  10,000
10,000
10,000

–
7,060
-
306,425
232,831
10,000
10,000
10,000

-
104,910
-
112,222
106,066
-
-
-

–
112,954
–
396,334
300,045
-
-
-

* As at date of stepping down.

As at 12 June 2023 there were no changes in Directors’ shareholdings

Review of past performance

The following graph shows the Group’s Total Shareholder Return (TSR) for the ten year period to 31 March 2023 as compared with the 
FTSE All Share Index. The Committee has chosen the FTSE All Share Index as the Company’s shares are a constituent of this index. 
Total Shareholder Return measures share price growth with dividends deemed to be reinvested on the ex-dividend date.

500p

400p

300p

200p

100p

0

31/03/13

31/03/14

31/03/15

31/03/16

31/03/17

31/03/18

31/03/19

31/03/20

31/03/21

31/03/22

31/03/23

Palace Capital PLC

FTSE All Share Index

6 3

GOVERNANCEAnnual remuneration
report (continued)

Percentage changes in Chief Executive’s remuneration

The percentage change in the previous Chief Executive’s remuneration received from the previous year (2022) compared with the 
average change in remuneration for all other employees is as follows:

Chief Executive
Other employees (excl. Chief Executive and other directors)

Historical Chief Executive’s remuneration

Year to 31 March

2023
2022
2021
2020
2019
2018
2017
2016
2015
20141

1  Fourteen month period ended 31 March 2014 

2  No policy for annual bonuses in place

Relative importance of spend on pay

Salary

(79)%
16%

Taxable 
benefit

(79)%
0%

Annual  
bonus

-
79%

Total 
remuneration  
£

Annual bonus 
(as a % of 
the maximum 
payout)

LTIP vesting 
(as a % of 
the maximum 
possible)

68,447
590,675
424,996
598,406
479,432
683,379
412,975
362,629
262,007
125,467

-
50
35.2
62
40
95
63
2

2

2

-
50.00
–
50.00
32.75
16.66
–
–
–
–

The table below shows the expenditure and percentage change in employee remuneration as compared with dividends paid to 
Shareholders (see note 4 to the financial statements):

Employee costs
Dividends
Share buybacks

2023 
£

2,536,630
6,542,274
6,697,892

2022 
£

%  
change

 2,895,000 
5,426,862
-

(12)%
21%
-

6 4

PALACE CAPITAL PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023Percentage change in Directors’ Remuneration in the year

Neil Sinclair3
Richard Starr3
Matthew Simpson1
Steven Owen2
Kim Taylor-Smith
Mickola Wilson
Paula Dillon
Total Directors change (%)
Average change for employees (%)

Percentage change in Directors Remuneration in FY22

Neil Sinclair
Richard Starr
Matthew Simpson1
Steven Owen2
Kim Taylor-Smith
Mickola Wilson
Paula Dillon
Total Directors change (%)
Average change for employees (%)

Percentage change in Directors Remuneration in FY21

Neil Sinclair
Stephen Silvester
Richard Starr
Stanley Davis
Kim Taylor-Smith
Mickola Wilson
Paula Dillon
Total Directors change (%)
Average change for employees (%)

Salary / fee

Benefits

Bonus

(79)%
(48)%

  49%
18%
(70)%
(70)%
(70)%
(37)%
16%

(79)%
(50)%
0%
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
(52)%
0%

N/A
(48)%
1%
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
(28)%
79%

Salary / fee

Benefits

Bonus

0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
4%

16%
12%
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
15%
0%

42%
42%
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
42%
40%

Salary / fee

Benefits

Bonus

3%
 6%
3%
0%
0%
0%
0%
4%
10%

(5)%
(77)%
(10)%
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
26%
N/A

(42)%
(40)%
(42)%
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
41%
9%

1  Matthew Simpson was appointed CFO on 11 November 2021. The % increase in the table above compares the full FY23 salary v salary paid for part of 

the year in the prior year.

2  Steven Owen was appointed Chairman on 1 January 2022 and the comparison is against base fees. 

3  Mr Sinclair and Mr Starr stepped down in the year. The % decrease compares the amount received in FY23 v full year salary received FY22.

6 5

GOVERNANCEAnnual remuneration
report (continued)

Service contracts and letters of appointment

The Committee’s policy on service contracts for Executive Directors is that they should provide for termination of employment by 

giving no more than 12 months’ notice.

Name

Date of 
appointment

Original  
contract date

Current  
contract date

Notice  
period

Termination arrangements

Matthew Simpson 11 November 2021 18 January 2016

11 November 2021 12 months An immediate payment of 50% of 

salary followed by monthly payments 
after six months in the event that 
alternative employment has not  
been secured.

Chairman and Non-Executive Directors

The Non-Executive Directors are engaged for fixed terms, typically three years, which may be extended for subsequent periods. The 
effective dates of the letters of appointment for the current Non-Executive Directors are as follows:

Name

Steven Owen
Mark Davies

Date of letter 
for current 
appointment

1 January 2022
1 August 2022

Date term due 
to expire

31 December 2024
31 July 2025

Implementation of remuneration policy in 2023/24

In respect of the year ending 31 March 2024, the Committee intends to implement the Executive and Non-Executive Director 
remuneration policy, subject to the consultation on the Realisation Plan and Remuneration Policy which the Company is consulting 
on with major shareholders. Such plan would be subject to shareholder vote and details will be included in the Notice of AGM. It is 
proposed that Mr Owen undertake the role of Executive Chairman (currently Interim Executive Chairman) and that he then becomes 
an Executive Director, with a service agreement with the Company. Mr Owen is currently a Non-Executive Director under a Letter 
of Appointment. The Board will consider the terms of such appointment and this is subject to the proposed amendments to the 
Remuneration Policy an Realisation Plan to be put to shareholders at the 2023 AGM. 

Salary

Executive Directors

The average salary increase across the workforce (excluding the Chief Financial Officer) from 1 April 2023 was 9%.

Matthew Simpson

Non-Executive Directors

Salary

£245,000

Change

2.9%

Non-Executive Director fees for the year are as follows noting that Mr Owen has been paid an additional £10,000 per month from June 
2022 to reflect his additional responsibilities and time commitment as Interim Executive Chairman. This will be reviewed for FY24 after 
the AGM being held in July 2023, when it is currently proposed that, subject to the Remuneration Policy proposals being approved by 
Shareholders, Mr Owen becomes Executive Chairman and will become an Executive Director. The Board determined to increase the 
fee for Mr Davies by £10,000 to reflect his additional time commitment

Name

Role

Steven Owen

Interim Executive Chairman

2024 fee

£133,800 

Change

2.9%

6 6

PALACE CAPITAL PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023Name

Role

Mark Davies

Non-Executive Director 

2024 fee

Change

£70,000 

17%

•  Chair of Audit and Risk Committee 

•  Chair of Remuneration Committee

•  Senior Independent Director

Pension and benefits

The current Remuneration Policy provides that the Company will make pension contributions into a defined contribution scheme on 
behalf of Directors at a rate of 5% of basic salary, and provision is made for other health benefits and cash alternatives as set out in the 
Remuneration Policy.

Annual bonus

Under the existing Remuneration Policy, the 2024 bonus is capped at 100% of salary. This level is under review by the Committee  
and may reduce should shareholders approve the Realisation Plan. Performance metrics for a bonus are determined by the 
Remuneration Committee.

Long-term incentive plan

No awards will be made under the Long-Term Incentive Plan.

Statement of voting at annual general meeting

The table below sets out the results of the voting in respect of the Directors’ Remuneration Report at the 2022 AGM. The Committee 
noted the significant number of votes against the Resolution and has engaged extensively with major shareholders subsequently 
regarding the strategy and more recently in relation to proposed changes to the Remuneration Policy and a possible Realisation Plan. 

Remuneration Report

62.52

37.48

20,680,734

12,400,313

162,034

1  A vote withheld is not a vote in law and is not included in the calculation of the number or the percentage of votes For or Against the resolution

Percentage of votes cast

Number of votes cast

For and 
discretion

Against

For and 
discretion

Against

Withheld1

Approval

This report was approved by the Board of Directors on 14 June 2023 and signed on its behalf by:

Mark Davies

Chair of Remuneration Committee

6 7

GOVERNANCEDirectors’ report and
additional disclosures

The Directors present their report and the audited consolidated financial 
statements of Palace Capital plc for the year ended 31 March 2023.

Statutory information contained elsewhere in the 
Annual Report 

Information required to be part of this Directors’ Report can be 
found elsewhere in the Annual Report and is incorporated into 
this report by reference, as indicated in the relevant section. 

In accordance with the UK Financial Conduct Authority’s Listing 
Rules LR 9.8.4c, the information to be included within the Annual 
Report, where applicable, is set out in the Directors’ Report on 
the following pages:

•  Strategic report pages 1 to 37

•  Financial Review pages 17 to 21

•  Risk Management pages 24 to 29 

•  Going Concern & Viability page 24 and 25

•  Section 172 Statement pages 30 to 32

•  Remuneration Report pages 54 to 67

•  Financial instruments page 103

•  Related party transactions page 110

Results and dividends 

The results for the year are set out in the financial statements. 
The Company paid interim dividends of 3.75p per Ordinary share 
in October 2022, December 2022 and April 2023. The Directors 
recommend the payment of a final dividend in respect of the  
year ended 31 March 2023 of 3.75p per Ordinary share to be 
paid on 4 August 2023 to the Shareholders on the register on  
7 July 2023.

Share capital 

The present capital structure of the Company is set out in note 
21 to the financial statements.

Purchase of own shares by the company

At the Annual General Meeting of the Company, held on 29 July 
2022, authority was granted to the Directors to purchase, in the 
market, the Company’s own shares, up to the limit of 10% of the 
issued share capital. The authority was expressed to run until the 
conclusion of the next Annual General Meeting of the Company. 
813,633 share purchases were made pursuant to this authority 
during the year ended 31 March 2023. Renewal of this authority 
will be proposed at the forthcoming Annual General Meeting.

Directors 

The Directors’ powers, including the rules relating to the 
appointment and replacement of Directors, are conferred 
on them by UK legislation and by the Company’s Articles of 
Association. Changes to the Articles of Association are only 
permitted in accordance with legislation and must be approved 
by a special resolution of Shareholders. 

Details of the Directors of the Company who served during the 
year ended 31 March 2023 and up to the date of the financial 
statements, are set out on page 41, and their interests in the 
Ordinary share capital of the Company and details of options 
granted under the Group’s share schemes are set out in the 
Annual Remuneration Report on page 63. The interests of 
the Directors in the shares in the Company have not changed 
since the end of the financial year to 12 June 2023, the latest 
practicable date. No member of the Board had a material interest 
in any contract of significance with the Company, or any of its 
subsidiaries, at any time during the year.

In accordance with the UK Code, all Directors offer themselves 
for re-election at the AGM on 26 July 2023. The Directors’ service 
contract terms are set out in the Annual Remuneration Report on 
page 66.

Political donations

During the year, no donations were made to political parties and 
none are proposed for the current year.

Post balance sheet events 

Details of post balance sheet events are provided in note 25 on 
page 110 of the financial statements.

Future developments 

Details of future developments are provided in the Strategic 
Report on page 6.

Going concern 

The Directors confirm they have a reasonable expectation 
that the Company and the Group have adequate resources to 
continue in operation for at least 12 months from the date of 
approval of the financial statements.

6 8

PALACE CAPITAL PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023Substantial shareholdings 

Authorisation of conflicts of interest 

The table below is provided by our brokers under the requests 
made to shareholders under section 793 of the Companies Act 
2006 and information provided to the Company. As such this 
information is regarded by the Company as providing an up to 
date representation of our major shareholders’ interests.

As at 12 June 2023

shares No. Shareholding 

Ordinary 
10p 

4,833,375
3,700,000

     11.02%
8.44%

Under the Articles of Association of the Company and in accordance 
with the provisions of the Companies Act 2006, a Director must 
avoid a situation where they have, or can have, a direct or indirect 
interest that conflicts, or possibly may conflict with the Company’s 
interests. However, the Directors may authorise conflicts and 
potential conflicts, as they deem appropriate. As a safeguard, only 
Directors who have no interest in the matter being considered will 
be able to make the relevant decision, and the Directors will be able 
to impose limits or conditions when giving authorisation if they think 
this is appropriate. 

3,528,860
2,851,506
2,802,000
2,344,153
1,900,830
1,706,760
1,665,287
1,630,985

Ordinary 
10p 

8.1%
6.5%
6.39%
5.34%
4.33%
3.92%
3.8%
3.74%

Change of control

The Group has in place a number of agreements with its 
lending banks, which contain certain termination rights that 
would have an effect on a change of control. In addition, the 
Group’s share schemes contain provisions that, in the event of 
a change of control, would result in outstanding options and 
awards becoming exercisable, subject to the rules of the relevant 
schemes. The Directors service contracts contain a provision for 
the payment of compensation for loss of office or employment 
that occurs directly as a result of a takeover bid.

4,833,375

  11.02%

Greenhouse gas emissions

3,700,000

8.44%

The Group’s GHG emission report can be found on page 34. 

Peter Gyllenhammar AB
Winton Capital Management Ltd
JO Hambro Capital 
Management Ltd 
Premier Fund Managers Limited
Harwood Capital LLP
Mr Mark Harrison
M&G Investment Management 
Hargreaves Lansdown Stockbrokers
Davis S H Esq
Charles Stanley & Co

As at 31 March 2023

shares No. Shareholding

Peter Gyllenhammar AB
Winton Capital  
Management Limited
JO Hambro Capital 
Management Ltd
Premier Fund Managers Limited
Harwood Capital LLP
Mr Mark Harrison
M&G Investment Management
Hargreaves Lansdown Stockbrokers
Davis S H Esq
Charles Stanley & Co

3,599,549
2,851,506
2,802,000
2,344,153
1,900,830
1,726,870
1,665,287
1,660,510

8.21%
6.5%
6.39%
5.34%
4.33%
3.94%
3.8%
3.79%

Directors’ indemnities and Directors’ and 
Officers’ liability insurance 

The Company’s agreement to indemnify each Director against 
any liability incurred in the course of their office to the extent 
permitted by law remains in force. The Group maintains 
Directors’ and Officers’ Liability Insurance.

Financial risk management 

The Group is exposed to market risk (including interest rate risk 
and real estate market risk), credit risk and liquidity risk. The 
Group’s senior management oversee the management of these 
risks, and the Board of Directors has overall responsibility for 
the determination of the Group’s risk management objectives 
and policies, and it sets policies that seek to reduce risk as far as 
possible without unduly affecting the Group’s competitiveness 
and flexibility. Further details regarding these policies are set 
out in note 26 and the Risk Management section of the Annual 
Report and Accounts.

Auditor

The Directors who held office at the date of approval of this 
Directors’ Report confirm that, so far as they are each aware, there 
is no relevant Audit information of which the Company’s Auditor 
is unaware; and each Director has taken all the steps that they 
ought to have taken as a Director to make themselves aware of 
any relevant audit information and to establish that the Company’s 
Auditor is aware of that information. The Auditor, BDO LLP, has 
indicated their willingness to continue in office. The Board, on  
the advice of the Audit and Risk Committee, recommends their 
re-appointment at the Annual General Meeting.

2023 Annual General Meeting (AGM) 

The 2023 AGM will be held on 26 July 2023 at 10.00 a.m. The 
resolutions are set out in the Notice of Meeting, together with 
explanatory notes. This report was approved by the Board and 
signed on its behalf.

Phil Higgins 

Company Secretary

Palace Capital plc. Incorporated, registered and domiciled in 
England and Wales company number 5332938  
Fora Victoria, 6-8 Greencoat Place, London SW1P 1PL

6 9

GOVERNANCEStatement of
Directors’ responsibilities

The Directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report and the Group and 
Company financial statements in accordance with applicable law and regulations.
Company law requires the Directors to prepare Group and 
Company financial statements for each financial year. Under that 
law, the Directors have prepared the Group financial statements 
in accordance with UK adopted international accounting 
standards (‘IFRS-UK’) and applicable law, and have elected to 
prepare the Company financial statements in accordance with 
United Kingdom Generally Accepted Accounting Practice (United 
Kingdom Accounting Standards and applicable law). 

They are also responsible for safeguarding the assets of the 
Group and hence for taking reasonable steps for the prevention 
and detection of fraud and other irregularities. 

The Directors are responsible for ensuring the Annual Report 
and the financial statements are made available on a website. 
Financial statements are published on the Company’s website 
in accordance with legislation in the United Kingdom governing 
the preparation and dissemination of financial statements, which 
may vary from legislation in other jurisdictions. The maintenance 
and integrity of the Company’s website is the responsibility of 
the Directors. The Directors’ responsibility also extends to the 
ongoing integrity of the financial statements contained therein. 

Directors’ responsibilities statement

The Directors confirm to the best of their knowledge:

•  The financial statements have been prepared in accordance 
with the applicable set of accounting standards, give a true 
and fair view of the assets, liabilities, financial position and 
profit and loss of the Group and Company; 

the Strategic Report includes a fair review of the 
development and performance of the business and the 
financial position of the Company and the undertakings 
included in the consolidation as a whole, together with a 
description of the principal risks and uncertainties that they 
face; and

• 

the Annual Report and Accounts, taken as a whole, is fair, 
balanced and understandable and provides the information 
necessary for Shareholders to assess the Group’s and 
Company’s performance, business model and strategy. 

On behalf of the Board

Phil Higgins

Company Secretary

Under company law the Directors must not approve the financial 
statements unless they are satisfied that they give a true and 
fair view of the state of affairs of the Group and the Company 
and of the profit or loss of the Group and the Company for the 
period. In preparing each of the Group and Company financial 
statements the Directors are required to: 

• 

confirm that the financial statements have been prepared in 
accordance with the applicable set of accounting standards, 
give a true and fair view of the assets, liabilities, financial 
position and profit or loss of the Group and the Company;

• 

select suitable accounting policies and then apply them 
consistently; 

•  make judgements and estimates that are reasonable and 

• 

prudent; 

• 

• 

for the Group financial statements, state whether they have 
been prepared in accordance with international accounting 
standards in conformity with the requirements of the 
Companies Act 2006, IFRS-UK and applicable law, subject 
to any material departures disclosed and explained in the 
financial statements; 

for the Company financial statements, state whether they 
have been prepared in accordance with UK GAAP, subject to 
any material departure disclosed and explained in the parent 
company financial statements; 

•  prepare the financial statements on the going concern basis 
unless it is inappropriate to presume that the Group and the 
parent Company will continue in business; and 

•  under applicable law and regulations, the Directors are also 

responsible for preparing a Strategic Report, Directors’ Report, 
Directors’ Remuneration Report and Corporate Governance 
Statement that complies with that law and those regulations. 

The Directors are responsible for keeping adequate accounting 
records that are sufficient to show and explain the Company’s 
transactions and disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time 
the financial position of the Company and enable them to ensure 
that the financial statements comply with the requirements of the 
Companies Act 2006. 

7 0

PALACE CAPITAL PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023Independent Auditor’s report
to the members of Palace Capital plc

Opinion on the financial statements

In our opinion:

• 

• 

• 

the financial statements give a true and fair view of the state of the Group’s and of the Parent Company’s affairs as at 31 March 
2023 and of the Group’s loss for the year then ended;

the Group financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with UK adopted international accounting standards;

the Parent Company financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with United Kingdom Generally Accepted 
Accounting Practice; and

• 

the financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006.

We have audited the financial statements of Palace Capital plc (the ‘Parent Company’) and its subsidiaries (the ‘Group’) for the 
year ended 31 March 2023 which comprise the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income, the Consolidated Statement 
of Financial Position, the Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity, the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows, the Company 
Statement of Financial Position, the Company Statement of Changes in Equity and notes to the financial statements, including a 
summary of significant accounting policies. 

The financial reporting framework that has been applied in the preparation of the Group financial statements is applicable law and 
UK adopted international accounting standards. The financial reporting framework that has been applied in the preparation of the 
Parent Company financial statements is applicable law and United Kingdom Accounting Standards, including Financial Reporting 
Standard 102 The Financial Reporting Standard applicable in the UK and Republic of Ireland (United Kingdom Generally Accepted 
Accounting Practice).

Basis for opinion

We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (UK) (ISAs (UK)) and applicable law. Our responsibilities 
under those standards are further described in the Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements section of our 
report. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion. Our audit 
opinion is consistent with the additional report to the Audit and Risk Committee. 

Independence
Following the recommendation of the Audit and Risk Committee, we were appointed by the Board of Directors on 1 April 2015 to 
audit the financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2015 and subsequent financial periods. The period of total uninterrupted 
engagement including retenders and reappointments is nine years, covering the years ended 31 March 2015 to 31 March 2023. We 
remain independent of the Group and the Parent Company in accordance with the ethical requirements that are relevant to our audit 
of the financial statements in the UK, including the FRC’s Ethical Standard as applied to listed public interest entities, and we have 
fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with these requirements. The non-audit services prohibited by that standard 
were not provided to the Group or the Parent Company. 

Conclusions relating to going concern

In auditing the financial statements, we have concluded that the Directors’ use of the going concern basis of accounting in the 
preparation of the financial statements is appropriate. Our evaluation of the Directors’ assessment of the Group and the Parent 
Company’s ability to adopt the going concern basis of accounting included:

•  Obtaining Directors’ going concern assessment and supporting projection model. We tested the integrity of the assessment by 

reviewing its arithmetic accuracy and testing the formulas within the projection model and held corroborative inquiries with Directors.

•  Challenging the appropriateness of assumptions made within this model by comparing forecast results to our expectations based 

on our knowledge of the business, most recent performance and current economic factors.

•  Considering the appropriateness of the sensitivities applied in the model through assessing the impact of ‘stress tests’ scenarios 

such as rent reductions as well as fall in investment property values. This included considering the impact of these to loan 
covenants or cash flow deficits and determining the likelihood of those scenarios occurring.

•  Where bank loans mature in the 12 month period from the date of our audit report, we have discussed with Directors their plans to 
repay or refinance the debt and corroborated these to repayments or agreements that were reached subsequent to the year end 
to corroborate that the assumptions made by the Directors are appropriate.

•  Reviewing the disclosures to check that they are in line with the detailed assessment undertaken by the Board, including that it is 

accurate and complete.

•  Enquiring of Directors and those charged with governance as to any future events or conditions that may affect the Group’s ability 

to continue as a going concern.

7 1

GOVERNANCEIndependent Auditor’s report
to the members of Palace Capital plc (continued)

•  Validated the cash inflows from the disposals of a number of investment properties which took place during the year and post year 

end by agreeing to the supporting sales agreement, completion report and bank statement.

•  We assessed the intercompany debtors in the parent company’s balance sheet for recoverability by reviewing the financial position 
of each subsidiary. We also assessed the parent company’s ability to pay the intercompany creditors by reviewing its liquidity as at 
the year end.

Based on the work we have performed, we have not identified any material uncertainties relating to events or conditions that, 
individually or collectively, may cast significant doubt on the Group and the Parent Company’s ability to continue as a going concern 
for a period of at least twelve months from when the financial statements are authorised for issue. 

In relation to the Parent Company’s reporting on how it has applied the UK Corporate Governance Code, we have nothing material to 
add or draw attention to in relation to the Directors’ statement in the financial statements about whether the Directors considered it 
appropriate to adopt the going concern basis of accounting.

Our responsibilities and the responsibilities of the Directors with respect to going concern are described in the relevant sections of 
this report.

Overview

Coverage

100% (2022: 100%) of Group revenue

100% (2022: 100%) of Group investment property

100% (2022: 100%) of Group trading properties

99.9% (2022: 99.9%) of Group total assets

99.9% (2022: 99.9%) of Group profit before tax

Key audit matters

2023

2022

KAM 1

Revenue recognition- accuracy and existence 
of rental income and residential sales

Revenue recognition- accuracy and existence  
of rental income and residential sales

KAM 2

Valuation of investment and trading properties Valuation of investment and trading properties

KAM 3

-*

Going concern and loan covenants

Materiality

Group financial statements as a whole

£2.01m (2022: £2.89m), which was set at 1% (2022: 1%) of Group total assets.

*  Going concern and loan covenants was not considered to be a key audit matter due to the change in the Group’s strategy which resulted in significant 

cash inflows from the disposal of investment properties. 

7 2

PALACE CAPITAL PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023An overview of the scope of our audit

Our Group audit was scoped by obtaining an understanding of the Group and its environment, including the Group’s system of internal 
control, and assessing the risks of material misstatement in the financial statements. We also addressed the risk of Directors override of 
internal controls, including assessing whether there was evidence of bias by the Directors that may have represented a risk of material 
misstatement.

The Group operates in one segment, investment property, structured through a number of subsidiary entities and therefore we treated 
the Group as one significant component. The Group audit engagement team performed all the work necessary to issue the Group and 
Parent Company audit opinion, including undertaking all of the audit work on the risks of material misstatement identified in the key 
audit matters section below. 

Climate change
Our work on the assessment of potential impacts on climate-related risks on the Group’s operations and financial statements included:

•  Enquiries and challenge of Directors to understand the actions they have taken to identify climate-related risks and their potential 

impacts on the financial statements and adequately disclose climate-related risks within the annual report; 

•  Our own qualitative risk assessment taking into consideration the sector in which the Group operates and how climate change 

affects this particular sector; and 

•  Review of the minutes of Board and the Audit and Risk Committee meeting and other papers related to climate change and 

performed a risk assessment as to how the impact of the Group’s commitment as set out in the Strategic Report may affect the 
financial statements and our audit. 

We challenged the extent to which climate-related considerations, including the expected cash flows from the initiatives and 
commitments have been reflected, where appropriate, in the Directors’ going concern assessment and viability assessment. 

We also assessed the consistency of Directors’ disclosures included as Statutory Other Information with the financial statements and 
with our knowledge obtained from the audit. 

Based on our risk assessment procedures, we did not identify there to be any Key Audit Matters materially impacted by climate-related 
risks and related commitments. 

Key audit matters
Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgement, were of most significance in our audit of the financial 
statements of the current period and include the most significant assessed risks of material misstatement (whether or not due to fraud) 
that we identified, including those which had the greatest effect on: the overall audit strategy, the allocation of resources in the audit, 
and directing the efforts of the engagement team. These matters were addressed in the context of our audit of the financial statements 
as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters.

7 3

GOVERNANCEIndependent Auditor’s report
to the members of Palace Capital plc (continued)

Key audit matter 

How the scope of our audit addressed the key audit matter

Revenue 

recognition – 

accuracy and 

existence of 

rental income 

and residential 

sales

Refer to 
accounting 
policy on 
revenue on 
page 84.

Refer to note 
1 in relation to 
Revenue.

The Group has several property 
managers and multiple tenants 
across its properties. Rental income 
is recognised on a straight line 
basis over the lease term for the 
Group’s properties based upon rental 
agreements that are in place. 

Directors judgement is required to 
determine the term over which lease 
incentives should be recognised.

There is a risk that the revenue 
recognised as rental income is not 
supported by underlying tenancy 
agreements or is inappropriately 
recognised.

We consider this to be a Key Audit 
Matter (‘KAM’) based on factors 
including the fact that there are 
approximately 250 leases and a 
large number of lease incentives. 
There is also a presumed fraud risk as 
manipulating lease terms will impacts 
on the revenue recorded. This exists 
for existing and new leases.

A risk also exists that the disposals 
of Hudson Quarter units are not 
correctly accounted for and not 
recorded within the correct period.

We obtained the tenancy schedule and Directors’ analysis of revenue 
recognised for each tenant and the reconciliation of this analysis to the 
financial statements and performed the following:

•  We checked the integrity of the formulae used to calculate the expected 

revenue based on the tenancy schedule; 

•  We analysed the current year tenancy schedule compared to prior year to 

highlight changes in the year to check that no income has been omitted 
from being recognised in the financial statements; 

•  We analysed the amount of rental income recognised in the financial 
statements in respect of each tenant and compared this to our 
expectations for the year based on the prior year tenancy schedule to 
determine the accuracy. This highlighted changes to existing tenant 
agreements and also any new agreements entered into during the current 
year. The changes, including those relating to new tenant agreements, 
were investigated and agreed to the underlying lease documentation and 
rent review memoranda; 

•  We inspected any tenancies with break clauses for the past 6 months and 
checked whether any tenants have exercised this clause. We corroborated 
this to supporting documentations such as correspondence from the 
tenant confirming whether they are going to exercise the break or not; 

•  We obtained Directors’ schedule of lease incentive adjustments, including 
rent free periods and, for a sample, we recalculated the adjustment and 
agreed the inputs to the underlying lease documentation. We considered 
the completeness of the schedule based on information included in the 
tenancy schedule and the underlying lease information obtained; 

•  We traced a sample of lease receipts for a period for each tenant selected 
to Directors agent statements and bank statements to test the existence 
and accuracy of the revenue recognised;

•  We obtained a breakdown of other revenue recognised in the year 
including service charge and car park income. For a sample of 
these transactions we agreed the revenue recognised to supporting 
documentation to confirm its existence and accuracy; and 

•  With regards to service charge income, we have verified the split of 
revenue and cost of sales in the current year by tracing a sample of 
revenue back to supporting documentation to confirm existence and 
accuracy of amounts recognised as revenue.

We performed the following audit procedures with regards to the revenue 
from trading properties:

•  For each sale, we agreed the revenue recognised to completion 

statements and cash receipts; 

•  We considered the accounting for these sales and checked whether sales 
were recorded accurately and within the correct accounting period; 

•  We reviewed the accounting policy for open market residential sales and 
confirmed that the policy is in accordance with UK adopted international 
accounting standards; and 

•  We agree that the gross profit recognised on the open market sales is 

consistent with the allocation of the inventory value being held in respect 
of each unit.

Key observations:
Based on the audit procedures performed, we did not identify any matters to 
suggest that the accuracy and existence of revenue from rental income and 
sale of trading properties was inappropriate. 

7 4

PALACE CAPITAL PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023Key audit matter 

How the scope of our audit addressed the key audit matter

Valuation of 

investment 

and trading 

properties 

Refer to 
accounting 
policies on 
investment 
properties 
and trading 
properties on 
page 87.

Refer to note 
9 in relation to 
the property 
portfolio 
and note 10 
as regards 
the trading 
properties.

The Group has opted to carry its 
investment properties at fair value 
rather than cost while the trading 
properties (the Hudson Quarter 
residential units) which are classified 
as inventory, are carried at the lower 
of cost and net realisable value.

The valuation of each property 
requires consideration of the 
individual nature of the asset, its 
location, cash flows and comparable 
market transactions.

Determination of the fair value 
of investment properties, and 
the assessment of whether 
trading properties are impaired, 
is considered a significant audit 
risk due to the subjective nature 
of assumptions inherent in each 
valuation. Thus, fraud risk could 
arise given the level of subjectivity. 

The Group engages independent 
external experts, CBRE to value 
these properties at each reporting 
period. The valuation uses a cash 
flow methodology with key inputs 
including detailed data on the 
underlying assets and the market 
environment for each asset.

The valuation models applied are 
complex and require consideration 
of the existing market conditions 
including yields and estimates 
regarding current and future 
rental income, occupancy and 
property costs.

There is a risk that the observable 
inputs to the valuation are not 
complete or accurate. Furthermore, 
these inputs could be subject to 
manipulation by Directors giving rise 
to fraud risk. 

For these reasons, the valuation of 
investment and trading properties 
was considered to be a key audit 
matter. 

We obtained the valuation report prepared by Directors’ independent 
external valuer and discussed the basis of the valuations with them, 
confirming that the approach was consistent with the requirements of 
accounting standards. 

We had a discussion with the external valuer to understand the assumptions 
and methodologies used in valuing these properties. We have also 
corroborated these assumptions to market evidence. We also checked how 
rent concessions impacted the valuation assumptions. 

We challenged the valuation assumptions, methodologies and the 
unobservable inputs used by establishing our own range of expectations for 
the changes in valuation of investment property based on externally available 
metrics, comparable organisations and wider economic and commercial 
factors. We considered whether the overall movement in the investment 
property valuation indicates potential Directors bias to either overstate or 
understate the valuation. We also compared the values of properties from 
prior year. We obtained an explanation from CBRE to understand the reason 
behind material movements and corroborated their explanation to supporting 
documentations. 

We assessed the competency, independence and objectivity of the valuer 
which included making enquiries regarding interests and relationships that 
may create a threat to the valuer’s objectivity.

We obtained a copy of the instructions provided to the valuer and reviewed 
for any limitations in scope or for evidence of Directors bias.

We considered whether the sales during the year and those that have been 
agreed or are being negotiated after the year end support or contradict the 
valuations being reported for those properties. 

We also checked the ownership of each properties to the title deeds and 
checked for any new charges against these properties. 

We checked whether the trading property is measured at the lower of cost 
and net realisable value by agreeing net realisable value to prices achieved for 
current unit sales as the development has been concluded. 

Review of key inputs to the valuation schedule
We agreed the key observable valuation inputs used by the external 
valuer back to source documentation, which includes title deeds and lease 
agreements that are tested as part of our revenue audit procedures. 

We agreed the capital expenditure to Directors forecasts and enquired as to 
whether there are any further capital plans for assets. 

We compared the purchaser costs to generally accepted market percentages. 

We compared the Estimated Rental Value (‘ERV’) on void units with similar 
other units as well as assumptions as regards the time to occupancy with the 
valuer and compared the ERV to the income as per the tenancy schedule. 

Key observations:
The results of our audit procedures indicated that the estimates and 
assumptions used in the property valuations were appropriate and therefore, 
the investment and trading properties are appropriately valued.

7 5

GOVERNANCEIndependent Auditor’s report
to the members of Palace Capital plc (continued)

Our application of materiality

We apply the concept of materiality both in planning and performing our audit, and in evaluating the effect of misstatements. We 
consider materiality to be the magnitude by which misstatements, including omissions, could influence the economic decisions of 
reasonable users that are taken on the basis of the financial statements. 

In order to reduce to an appropriately low level the probability that any misstatements exceed materiality, we use a lower materiality 
level, performance materiality, to determine the extent of testing needed. Importantly, misstatements below these levels will 
not necessarily be evaluated as immaterial as we also take account of the nature of identified misstatements, and the particular 
circumstances of their occurrence, when evaluating their effect on the financial statements as a whole. 

Based on our professional judgement, we determined materiality for the financial statements as a whole and performance materiality 
as follows:

Materiality

Basis for determining materiality

Rationale for the 

benchmark applied

Group financial statements

Parent company financial statements

Group financial statements

Parent company financial statements

2023 
£m

2.01

2022 
£m

2.89

2023 
£m

1.34

2022 
£m

1.66

Materiality for the Group and Parent Company’s financial statement was set at 1% (2022: 
1%) of total assets.

We determined that total assets would be the most appropriate basis for determining 
overall materiality as we consider it to be one of the principal considerations for the users  
of the financial statements in assessing the financial performance of the Group and the 
Parent Company.

Performance materiality

1.51

2.16

1.01

1.05

Basis for determining performance 

materiality

On the basis of our risk assessment, together with our assessment of the Group and Parent 
Company’s overall control environment, our judgement was that overall performance 
materiality for the Group and Parent Company should be 75% (2022: 75%) of materiality, 
which reflects our assessment of the risk associated with the audit due to the limited 
number of audit adjustments identified in previous audits. 

Specific materiality
We also determined that for particular classes of transactions, balances or disclosures, a misstatement of less than materiality for the 
financial statements as a whole, specific materiality, could influence the economic decisions of users. In this context, we applied a 
specific materiality of £280,000 (2022: £590,000) to those items which may affect profit before tax, including revenue, cost of sales, 
administrative expenses, finance cost and finance income, and taxation. The specific materiality represents 5% (2022: 5%) of profit 
before tax before revaluation of investments and gains on investment property sales (EPRA earnings) (2022: adjusted EPRA earnings). 
We further applied a performance materiality level of 75% (2022: 75%) of specific materiality to ensure that the risk of errors exceeding 
specific materiality was appropriately mitigated. 

Reporting threshold 
We agreed with the Audit and Risk Committee that we would report to them all individual audit differences in excess of £100,000 (2022: 
£55,000). We also agreed to report differences below this threshold that, in our view, warranted reporting on qualitative grounds.

7 6

PALACE CAPITAL PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023Other information

The Directors are responsible for the other information. The other information comprises the information included in the Annual Report 
and Accounts other than the financial statements and our auditor’s report thereon. Our opinion on the financial statements does not 
cover the other information and, except to the extent otherwise explicitly stated in our report, we do not express any form of assurance 
conclusion thereon. Our responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing so, consider whether the other information is 
materially inconsistent with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the course of the audit, or otherwise appears to be 
materially misstated. If we identify such material inconsistencies or apparent material misstatements, we are required to determine 
whether this gives rise to a material misstatement in the financial statements themselves. If, based on the work we have performed, we 
conclude that there is a material misstatement of this other information, we are required to report that fact.

We have nothing to report in this regard.

Corporate governance statement

The Listing Rules require us to review the Directors’ statement in relation to going concern, longer-term viability and that part of the 
Corporate Governance Statement relating to the parent company’s compliance with the provisions of the UK Corporate Governance 
Code specified for our review. 

Based on the work undertaken as part of our audit, we have concluded that each of the following elements of the Corporate 
Governance Statement is materially consistent with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained during the audit. 

Going concern and  

longer-term viability

•  The Directors’ statement with regards to the appropriateness of adopting the going 

concern basis of accounting and any material uncertainties identified set out on pages 
24 to 25; and

•  The Directors’ explanation as to their assessment of the Group’s prospects, the period 

this assessment covers and why the period is appropriate set out on page 25.

Other Code provisions

•  Directors’ statement on fair, balanced and understandable set out on page 52; 

•  Board’s confirmation that it has carried out a robust assessment of the emerging and 

principal risks set out on page 24;

•  The section of the annual report that describes the review of effectiveness of risk 

Directors and internal control systems set out on page 24; and

•  The section describing the work of the Audit and Risk Committee set out on pages 

51 to 53.

7 7

GOVERNANCEIndependent Auditor’s report
to the members of Palace Capital plc (continued)

Other Companies Act 2006 reporting

Based on the responsibilities described below and our work performed during the course of the audit, we are required by the 
Companies Act 2006 and ISAs (UK) to report on certain opinions and matters as described below. 

Strategic report and  

Directors’ report 

In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course of the audit:

• 

the information given in the Strategic report and the Directors’ report for the financial 

year for which the financial statements are prepared is consistent with the financial 

statements; and

• 

the Strategic report and the Directors’ report have been prepared in accordance with 

applicable legal requirements.

In the light of the knowledge and understanding of the Group and Parent Company 
and its environment obtained in the course of the audit, we have not identified material 
misstatements in the strategic report or the Directors’ report.

Directors’ remuneration

In our opinion, the part of the Directors’ remuneration report to be audited has been 
properly prepared in accordance with the Companies Act 2006.

Matters on which we are required to 

report by exception

We have nothing to report in respect of the following matters in relation to which the 
Companies Act 2006 requires us to report to you if, in our opinion:

•  adequate accounting records have not been kept by the Parent Company, or returns 
adequate for our audit have not been received from branches not visited by us; or

• 

the Parent Company financial statements and the part of the Directors’ remuneration 
report to be audited are not in agreement with the accounting records and returns; or

• 

certain disclosures of Directors’ remuneration specified by law are not made; or

•  we have not received all the information and explanations we require for our audit.

Responsibilities of Directors

As explained more fully in the Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities statement, the Directors are responsible for the preparation 
of the financial statements and for being satisfied that they give a true and fair view, and for such internal control as the Directors 
determine is necessary to enable the preparation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud 
or error.

In preparing the financial statements, the Directors are responsible for assessing the Group’s and the Parent Company’s ability to 
continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of 
accounting unless the Directors either intend to liquidate the Group or the Parent Company or to cease operations, or have no realistic 
alternative but to do so.

Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements

Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements as a whole are free from material 
misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a 
high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs (UK) will always detect a material 
misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, 
they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these financial statements.

Extent to which the audit was capable of detecting irregularities, including fraud
Irregularities, including fraud, are instances of non-compliance with laws and regulations. We design procedures in line with our 
responsibilities, outlined above, to detect material misstatements in respect of irregularities, including fraud. The extent to which our 
procedures are capable of detecting irregularities, including fraud is detailed below:

7 8

PALACE CAPITAL PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023Non-compliance with laws and regulations
We gained an understanding of the legal and regulatory framework applicable to the Group and the industry in which it operates, and 
considered the risk of acts by the Group that were contrary to applicable laws and regulations, including fraud. We performed our own 
checks of compliance with relevant requirements including, but not limited to, the applicable accounting framework, the Companies 
Act 2006, the UK Listing Rules, the REIT tax regime requirements and legislation relevant to the rental of properties. We considered 
compliance by the Group by obtaining their papers on compliance, in addition to performing our own review. 

Our tests included agreeing the financial statement disclosures to underlying supporting documentation where relevant, review of 
Board and Committee meeting minutes, and enquiries with Directors , the Directors, and the Audit and Risk Committee as to their 
identification of any non-compliance with laws and regulations and fraud. 

Fraud
We considered the potential for material misstatement in the financial statements, including those arising from fraud, and believed the 
areas in which fraud could occur were, Directors override of controls, revenue recognition, accounting for lease incentives and inputs 
on the investment property valuation. 

We addressed the risk of Directors override of controls by testing a sample of journals processed during and subsequent to the year by 
tracing these back to supporting documentation and evaluating whether there was evidence of bias by the Directors that represented 
a risk of material misstatement due to fraud. 

Procedures to address the fraud risk on revenue recognition, accounting for lease incentives and inputs on the investment property 
valuation are discussed within the KAM section above. 

We also communicated relevant identified laws and regulations and potential fraud risks to all engagement team members who were 
all deemed to have appropriate competence and capabilities and remained alert to any indications of fraud or non-compliance with 
laws and regulations throughout the audit.

Our audit procedures were designed to respond to risks of material misstatement in the financial statements, recognising that the risk 
of not detecting a material misstatement due to fraud is higher than the risk of not detecting one resulting from error, as fraud may 
involve deliberate concealment by, for example, forgery, misrepresentations or through collusion. There are inherent limitations in the 
audit procedures performed and the further removed non-compliance with laws and regulations is from the events and transactions 
reflected in the financial statements, the less likely we are to become aware of it.

A further description of our responsibilities is available on the Financial Reporting Council’s website at: www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities. 
This description forms part of our auditor’s report.

Use of our report

This report is made solely to the Parent Company’s members, as a body, in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies Act 
2006. Our audit work has been undertaken so that we might state to the Parent Company’s members those matters we are required 
to state to them in an auditor’s report and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not accept or assume 
responsibility to anyone other than the Parent Company and the Parent Company’s members as a body, for our audit work, for this 
report, or for the opinions we have formed.

Charles Ellis 

Senior Statutory Auditor

For and on behalf of BDO LLP, Statutory Auditor 
London, United Kingdom

14 June 2023

BDO LLP is a limited liability partnership registered in England and Wales (with registered number OC305127).

7 9

GOVERNANCEConsolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income
for the year ended 31 March 2023

Revenue
Cost of sales
Movement in expected credit loss
Net property income
Dividend income from listed equity investments
Administrative expenses

Operating profit before gains and losses on property assets and listed equity 
investments 
Profit on disposal of investment properties
(Loss)/gain on revaluation of investment property portfolio
Loss on disposal of listed equity investments
Operating (loss)/profit

Finance income
Finance expense
Debt termination costs
Changes in fair value of interest rate derivatives
(Loss)/profit before taxation

Taxation

(Loss)/profit after taxation for the year and total comprehensive (loss)/income 
attributable to owners of the Parent
Earnings per ordinary share

Basic
Diluted

Note

1
3b
13

3c

9

2

5

6
6

2023
£’000

32,973
(17,147)
327
16,153
–
(6,094)

10,059
819
(42,900)
–
(32,022)
26
(3,970)
(15)
210
(35,771)
67

2022
£’000

49,064
(30,408)
360
19,016
64
(4,623)

14,457
4,946
8,222
(80)
27,545
–
(3,196)
(63)
329
24,615
(67)

(35,704)

24,548

(80.2p)
(80.2p)

53.1p
53.0p

All activities derive from continuing operations of the Group. The notes form an integral part of these financial statements.

8 0

PALACE CAPITAL PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023Consolidated Statement of Financial Position
as at 31 March 2023

Non-current assets

Investment properties
Right of use asset
Property, plant and equipment

Current assets

Trading property
Trade and other receivables
Cash and cash equivalents

Total assets
Current liabilities

Trade and other payables
Borrowings
Lease liabilities for right of use asset
Derivative financial instruments
Creditors: amounts falling due within one year
Net current assets
Non-current liabilities

Borrowings
Deferred tax liability
Lease liabilities for investment properties
Net assets
Equity

Called up share capital
Treasury shares
Merger reserve
Capital redemption reserve
Capital reduction reserve 
Retained earnings
Equity – attributable to the owners of the Parent

Basic NAV per ordinary share
Diluted NAV per ordinary share

Note

9
12
12

10
13
14

15
17
20
16

17
5
20

21

7
7

2023
£’000

176,504
132
23
176,659

11,055
8,550
5,509
25,114
201,773

(8,339)
(8,545)
(132)
–
(17,016)
8,098

(55,129)
(76)
(1,077)
128,475

4,639
(7,343)
3,503
340
118,477
8,859
128,475
294p
294p

2022
£’000

232,717
17
45
232,779

20,287
7,412
28,143
55,842
288,621

(8,912)
(32,749)
–
(47)
(41,708)
14,134

(68,488)
(143)
(1,078)
177,204

4,639
(717)
3,503
340
125,019
44,420
177,204
383p
383p

These financial statements were approved by the Board of Directors and authorised for issue on 14 June 2023 and are signed on its  
behalf by:

Matthew Simpson 

Chief Financial Officer

8 1

FINANCIALSConsolidated Statement of Changes in Equity
for the year ended 31 March 2023

At 31 March 2021
Total comprehensive income for the year
Share-based payments
Exercise of share options
Issue of deferred bonus share options
Dividends paid
At 31 March 2022
Total comprehensive loss for the year
Share-based payments
Exercise of share options
Issue of deferred bonus share options
Dividends paid
Share buyback
At 31 March 2023

Share  
Capital
£’000

Treasury
Share
Reserve
£’000

Other  
Reserves
£’000

Capital 
Reduction 
Reserve
£’000

Retained 
Earnings
£’000

Note

22

8 

22

8 

4,639
–
–
–
–
–
4,639
–
–
–
–
–
–
4,639

(1,288)
–
–
571
–
–
(717)
–
–
71
–
–
(6,697)
(7,343)

3,843
–
–
–
–
–
3,843
–
–
–
–
–
–
3,843

125,019
–
–
–
–
–
125,019
–
–
–
–
(6,542)
–
118,477

25,618
24,548
162
(571)
90
(5,427)
44,420
(35,704)
177
(71)
37
–
–
8,859

Total  
Equity
£’000

157,831
24,548
162
–
90
(5,427)
177,204
(35,704)
177
–
37
(6,542)
(6,697)
128,475

The share capital represents the nominal value of the issued share capital of Palace Capital plc.

Treasury shares represents the consideration paid for shares bought back from the open market. 

Other reserves comprise the merger reserve and the capital redemption reserve.

The merger reserve represents the excess over nominal value of the fair value consideration for the acquisition of subsidiaries satisfied 
by the issue of shares in accordance with S612 of the Companies Act 2006.

The capital redemption reserve represents the nominal value of cancelled preference share capital redeemed.

The capital reduction reserve represents distributable profits generated as a result of the share premium reduction.

8 2

PALACE CAPITAL PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023 
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows
as at 31 March 2023

Operating activities

(Loss)/profit before taxation
Finance income
Finance expense
Changes in fair value of interest rate derivatives
Loss/(gain) on revaluation of investment property portfolio
Profit on disposal of investment properties
Loss on disposal of listed equity investments
Debt termination costs
Depreciation of tangible fixed assets
Amortisation of right of use asset
Share-based payments
(Increase)/decrease in receivables
Decrease in payables
Decrease in trading property
Net cash generated from operations
Interest received
Interest and other finance charges paid
Corporation tax paid in respect of operating activities
Net cash flows from operating activities
Investing activities

Purchase of investment properties
Capital expenditure on refurbishment of investment property
Proceeds from disposal of investment property
Disposal of non-current asset – equity investment
Dividends from listed equity investments
Purchase of property, plant and equipment
Net cash flow generated from investing activities
Financing activities

Bank loans repaid
Proceeds from new bank loans
Loan issue costs paid
Dividends paid
Share buyback
Net cash flow used in financing activities
Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the year
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year

Note

2

9

12
12
22

12

19
19
19
8

14

2023
£’000

(35,771)
(26)
3,970
(210)
42,900
(819)
–
15
30
82
177
(1,140)
(415)
9,233
18,026
26
(3,427)
(171)
14,454

–
(1,371)
15,410
–
–
(8)
14,031

(37,419)
–
(461)
(6,542)
(6,697)
(51,119)
(22,634)
28,143
5,509

2022
£’000

24,615
–
3,196
(329)
(8,222)
(4,946)
80
63
48
148
162
2,289
(2,929)
21,972
36,147
 –
(3,417)
(48)
32,682

(9,870)
(6,519)
31,221
3,169
64
(22)
18,043

(38,033)
11,472
(11)
(5,427)
 –
(31,999)
18,726
9,417
28,143

8 3

FINANCIALSNotes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Basis of accounting

The consolidated financial statements of the Group comprise the results of Palace Capital plc (“the Company”) and its subsidiary 
undertakings.

The Company is quoted on the Main Market of the London Stock Exchange and is domiciled and registered in England and Wales and 
incorporated under the Companies Act. The address of its registered office is Fora Victoria, 6-8 Greencoat Place, London, SW1P 1PL.

Basis of preparation

The Group financial statements have been prepared in accordance with UK-adopted International Accounting Standards, (the 
‘applicable framework’), and have been prepared in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act 2006 (the ‘applicable legal 
requirements’). The Group financial statements have been prepared under the historical cost convention as modified by the revaluation 
of investment properties and financial assets held at fair value.

Going concern

The Directors have made an assessment of the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern which included the current economic 
headwinds created by rising inflation and rising interest rates, coupled with the Group’s cash resources, borrowing facilities, rental 
income, disposals of investment properties, committed capital and other expenditure and dividend distributions. 

The Group’s business activities, together with the factors likely to affect its future performance and position, are set out in the Strategic 
Report. The financial position of the Group, its cash flows, liquidity position and borrowing facilities are described in these financial 
statements. In addition, note 26 to the financial statements includes the Group’s objectives, policies and processes for managing its 
capital, its financial risk management objectives, details of its financial instruments and its exposures to credit risk and liquidity risk. 

As at 31 March 2023 the Group had £5.5m of unrestricted cash and cash equivalents, a conservative loan to value of 31% and a 
property portfolio with a fair value of £192.4m. The Directors have reviewed the forecasts for the Group taking into account the impact 
of rising inflation and rising interest on trading over the 12 months from the date of signing this annual report. The forecasts have been 
assessed against a possible downside scenario incorporating lower levels of income and increased interest rates. See Going Concern 
and Viability Statement on pages 24 to 25 for further details. 

The Directors have a reasonable expectation that the Group have adequate resources to continue in operation for at least 12 months 
from the date of approval of the financial statements. Accordingly, they continue to adopt the going concern basis in preparing the 
financial statements.

New standards adopted during the year

New standards effective for the year ended 31 March 2023 did not have a material impact on the financial statements and were  
not adopted.

New standards issued but not yet effective 
There are no other standards that are not yet effective that would be expected to have a material impact on the Group in the current or 
future reporting periods and on the foreseeable future transactions.

Significant accounting policies 

Basis of consolidation
The consolidated financial statements incorporate the financial statements of Palace Capital plc and its subsidiaries as at the 
year-end date.

Subsidiaries are all entities (including special purpose entities) over which the Company has control. The Company controls an entity 
when the following three elements are present: power to direct the activities of the entity; exposure to variable returns from the entity; 
and the ability of the Company to use its power to affect those variable returns. Where necessary, adjustments have been made to the 
financial statements of subsidiaries and associates to bring the accounting policies used and accounting periods into line with those of 
the Group. Intra-group balances and any unrealised gains and losses arising from intra-group transactions are eliminated in preparing 
the Consolidated Financial Statements.

8 4

PALACE CAPITAL PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023The results of subsidiaries acquired during the year are included from the effective date of acquisition, being the date on which the 
Group obtains control until the date that control ceases.

The consideration transferred for the acquisition of a subsidiary is the fair value of the assets transferred, the liabilities incurred and 
the equity interests issued by the Group. This fair value includes any contingent consideration. Acquisition-related costs are expensed 
as incurred.

If the consideration is less than the fair value of the assets and liabilities acquired, the difference is recognised directly in the Statement 
of Comprehensive Income.

Where an acquired subsidiary does not meet the definition of a business, it is accounted for as an asset acquisition rather than a 
business combination. A business is an integrated set of activities and assets that is capable of being conducted and managed for the 
purpose of providing goods or services to customers, generating investment income (such as dividends or interest) or generating other 
income from ordinary activities.

Revenue
Revenue is primarily derived from property income and represents the value of accrued charges under operating leases for rental of  
the Group’s investment properties. Revenue is measured at the fair value of the consideration received. All income is derived in the 
United Kingdom.

Rental income from investment properties leased out under operating leases is recognised in the Statement of Comprehensive 
Income on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease. Contingent rent reviews are recognised when such reviews have been 
agreed with tenants. Lease incentives, rent concessions and guaranteed rent review amounts are recognised as an integral part of the 
net consideration for use of the property and amortised on a straight-line basis over the term of lease. Judgement is exercised when 
determining the term over which the lease incentives should be recognised.

Amounts received from tenants to terminate leases or to compensate for dilapidations are recognised in the Group Statement of 
Comprehensive Income when the right to receive them arises. Surrender premium income are payments received from tenants to 
surrender their lease obligations and are recognised immediately in the Group’s Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income. 

Insurance commissions are recognised as performance obligations are fulfilled in terms of the individual performance obligations within 
the contract with the insurance provider. Revenue is determined by the transaction price in the contract and is measured at the fair 
value of the consideration received. Revenue is recognised once the underlying contract between insured and insurer has been signed.

Revenue from the sale of trading properties is recognised when control of the trading property, along with the significant risks and 
rewards, have transferred from the Group, which is usually on completion of contracts and transfer of property title.

Service charge income relates to expenditure that is directly recoverable from tenants. Service charge income is recognised as revenue 
in the period to which it relates as required by IFRS 15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers. Dividend income comprises dividends 
from the Group’s listed equity investments and is recognised when the Shareholder’s right to receive payment is established. Revenue 
is measured at the fair value of the consideration received. All income is derived in the United Kingdom.

The disposal of investment properties is recognised when significant risks and rewards attached to the property have transferred from 
the Group. This will ordinarily occur on completion of contract, with such transactions being recognised when this condition is satisfied. 
The profit or loss on disposal of investment property is recognised separately in the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive 
Income and is the difference between the net sales proceeds and the opening fair value asset plus any capital expenditure during the 
period to disposal.

Deferred income
Where invoices to customers have been raised which relate to a period after the Group year end, being 31 March 2023, the Group will 
recognise deferred income for the difference between revenue recognised and amounts billed for that contract.

Cost of sales
Cost of sales includes direct expenditure relating to the construction of the trading properties, capitalised interest, and selling costs 
incurred as a result of residential sales. Selling costs includes agent and legal fees. Cost of sales is expensed to the income statement 
and is recognised on completion of each residential unit. The cost for each unit is calculated using the ratio of the unit selling price, 
over the total forecasted sales proceeds of all residential units. This ratio is then applied to the total forecasted development cost to 
get the cost of sale per unit.

Service charges and other such receipts arising from expenses recharged to tenants are as stated in note 3b. Notwithstanding that the 
funds are held on behalf of the occupiers, the ultimate risk for paying and recovering these costs rests with the Group.

8 5

FINANCIALSNotes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
continued

Borrowing costs
Bank borrowings are initially recognised at fair value net of any transaction costs directly attributable to the issue of the instrument. 
After initial recognition, loans and borrowings are subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method. 
Amortised cost is calculated by taking into account any issue costs, and any discount or premium on settlement. Gains and losses are 
recognised in profit or loss in the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income when the liabilities are derecognised, as well as 
through the amortisation process.

Borrowing costs directly attributable to development properties are capitalised and not recognised in profit or loss in the Consolidated 
Statement of Comprehensive Income. The capitalisation of borrowing costs is suspended if there are prolonged periods when 
development activity is interrupted and cease at the completion of the development. Interest is also capitalised on the purchase 
cost of a site of property acquired specifically for redevelopment, but only where activities necessary to prepare the asset for 
redevelopment are in progress.

Interest associated with trading properties is capitalised from the start of the development work until the date of practical completion. 
The rate used is the rate on specific associated borrowings. Interest is then expensed through the income statement post completion 
of the development.

When the Group refinances a loan facility, the Group considers whether the new terms are substantially different from a quantitative 
and a qualitative perspective. From a quantitative perspective, the terms are substantially different if the discounted present value 
of the cash flows under the new terms, including any fees paid net of any fees received and discounted using the original effective 
interest rate, is at least 10 per cent different from the discounted present value of the remaining cash flows of the original financial 
liability. Modifications that would be considered substantial from a qualitative perspective are those that result in a significant value 
transfer and/or a new underwriting/pricing assessment of the financial instrument.

If it is deemed to be a substantial modification of terms, this is accounted for as an extinguishment, and any costs or fees incurred are 
recognised as part of the gain or loss on the extinguishment. If the modification is not accounted for as an extinguishment, any costs or 
fees incurred adjust the carrying amount of the liability and are amortised over the remaining term of the modified liability.

Where the modification is not considered to be substantial, the loan continues to be measured at amortised cost using the original 
effective interest rate. Where the modification is substantial, the new effective interest rate is used.

Financial assets
The Group classifies its financial assets into one of the categories discussed below, depending on the purpose for which the asset was 
acquired. The Group’s accounting policy for each category is as follows:

Fair value through profit or loss

This category comprises in-the-money derivatives (see “Financial liabilities” section for out-of-the-money derivatives classified as 
liabilities). They are carried in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position at fair value with changes in fair value recognised in the 
Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income in the finance income or expense line.

Amortised cost

Impairment provisions for current and non-current trade receivables are recognised based on the simplified approach within IFRS 
9 using a provision matrix in the determination of the lifetime expected credit losses. During this process the probability of the 
non-payment of the trade receivables is assessed. This probability is then multiplied by the amount of the expected loss arising 
from default to determine the lifetime expected credit loss for the trade receivables. For trade receivables, which are reported net, 
such provisions are recorded in a separate provision account with the loss being recognised within cost of sales in the Consolidated 
Statement of Comprehensive Income. On confirmation that the trade receivable will not be collectable, the gross carrying value of 
the asset is written off against the associated provision.

The Group’s financial assets measured at amortised cost comprise trade and other receivables and cash and cash equivalents in the 
Consolidated Statement of Financial Position.

Listed equity investments
Listed equity investments are classified at fair value through profit and loss. Listed equity investments are subsequently measured using 
Level 1 inputs, the quoted market price, and all fair value gains or losses in respect of those assets are recognised in profit or loss in the 
Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income.

Fair value hierarchy

•  Level 1: Quoted (unadjusted) market prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

•  Level 2: Valuation techniques for which the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement is directly or indirectly 

observable.

•  Level 3: Valuation techniques for which the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement is unobservable. For 

assets and liabilities that are recognised in the financial statements on a recurring basis, the Group determines whether transfers 
have occurred between levels in the hierarchy by reassessing categorisation at the end of each reporting period.

8 6

PALACE CAPITAL PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents includes cash in hand, deposits held at call with banks, and other short-term highly liquid investments with 
original maturities of three months or less.

Financial liabilities
The Group classifies its financial liabilities into one of two categories, depending on the purpose for which the liability was acquired. 
The Group’s accounting policy for each category is as follows:

Fair value through profit or loss

This category comprises out-of-the-money derivatives (see “Financial assets” for in-the-money derivatives where the time value offsets 
the negative intrinsic value). They are carried in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position at fair value with changes in fair value 
recognised in the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income.

Amortised cost

Trade payables and accruals are initially measured at fair value and are subsequently measured at amortised cost, using the effective 
interest rate method.

Other financial liabilities
Bank borrowings are initially recognised at fair value net of any transaction costs directly attributable to the issue of the instrument. 
Such interest-bearing liabilities are subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest rate method, which ensures 
that any interest expense over the period to repayment is at a constant rate on the balance of the liability carried in the Consolidated 
Statement of Financial Position. For the purposes of each financial liability, interest expense includes initial transaction costs and any 
premium payable on redemption, as well as any interest or coupon payment while the liability is outstanding.

Contributions to pension schemes
The Company operates a defined contribution pension scheme. The pension costs charged against profits are the contributions 
payable to the scheme in respect of the accounting period.

Investment properties
Investment properties are those properties that are held either to earn rental income or for capital appreciation or both.

Investment properties are measured initially at cost including transaction costs and thereafter are stated at fair value, which reflects 
market conditions at the balance sheet date. Surpluses and deficits arising from changes in the fair value of investment properties are 
recognised in the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income in the year in which they arise.

Investment properties are stated at fair value as determined by the independent external valuers. The fair value of the Group’s property 
portfolio is based upon independent valuations and is inherently subjective. The fair value represents the amount at which the assets 
could be exchanged between a knowledgeable, willing buyer and a knowledgeable, willing seller in an arm’s length transaction at 
the date of valuation, in accordance with Global Valuation Standards. In determining the fair value of investment properties, the 
independent valuers make use of historical and current market data as well as existing lease agreements.

The Group recognises investment property as an asset when it is probable that the economic benefits that are associated with the 
investment property will flow to the Group and it can measure the cost of the investment reliably. This is usually the date of completion 
of acquisition or completion of construction if the development is a mixed-use scheme.

Investment properties cease to be recognised on completion of the disposal or when the property is withdrawn permanently from use 
and no future economic benefit is expected from disposal.

The Group evaluates all its investment property costs at the time they are incurred. These costs include costs incurred initially to 
acquire an investment property and costs incurred subsequently to add to, replace part of, or service a property. Any costs deemed 
as repairs and maintenance or any costs associated with the day-to-day running of the property are recognised in the Consolidated 
Statement of Comprehensive Income as they are incurred.

Investment properties under construction are initially recognised at cost (including any associated costs), which reflects the Group’s 
investment in the assets. The Group undertakes certain works including demolition, remediation and other site preparatory works to 
bring a site to the condition ready for construction of an asset. Subsequently, the assets are remeasured to fair value at each reporting 
date. The fair value of investment properties under construction is estimated as the fair value of the completed asset less any costs 
still payable in order to complete, and an appropriate developer’s margin. Consideration is also give to recent market transactions and 
offers received for properties.

Trading properties
Trading property is developed for sale or held for sale after development is complete, and is carried at the lower of cost and net 
realisable value. Trading properties are derecognised on completion of sales contracts. Costs include direct expenditure and 
capitalised interest. Cost of sales, including costs associated with off-plan residential sales, are expensed to the Consolidated 
Statement of Comprehensive Income as incurred.

8 7

FINANCIALSNotes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
continued

Right of use asset
Right of use assets are initially measured at the amount of the lease liability, reduced for any lease incentives received, and 
increased for:

• 

• 

• 

lease payments made at or before commencement of the lease;

initial direct costs incurred; and

the amount of any provision recognised where the Group is contractually required to dismantle, remove or restore the leased asset.

Subsequent to initial measurement, lease liabilities increase as a result of interest charged at a constant rate on the balance 
outstanding and are reduced for lease payments made. Right of use assets are amortised on a straight-line basis over the remaining 
term of the lease or over the remaining economic life of the asset if, rarely, this is judged to be shorter than the lease term. Lease 
liabilities are remeasured when there is a change in future lease payments arising from a change in an index or rate or when there is a 
change in the assessment of the term of any lease.

The rate of amortisation for right of use assets is over the period of the lease.

Lease liabilities
Lease obligations include lease obligations relating to investment properties and lease obligations relating to right of use assets.

Lease obligations relating to investment properties are capitalised at the lease’s commencement and are measured at the present 
value of the remaining lease payments. Each lease payment is allocated between the liability and finance charges so as to achieve 
a constant rate on the finance balance outstanding. The corresponding rental obligations, net of finance charges, are included in 
liabilities. The finance charges are charged to the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income over the lease period so as to 
produce a constant periodic rate of interest on the remaining balance of the liability for each period. Investment properties classified as 
held under lease liabilities are subsequently carried at their fair value.

Lease obligations relating to right of use assets are measured at the present value of the contractual payments due to the lessor over 
the lease term, discounted at the Group’s incremental borrowing rate. Variable lease payments are only included in the measurement 
of the lease liability if they depend on an index or rate. In such cases, the initial measurement of the lease liability assumes the variable 
element will remain unchanged throughout the lease term. Other variable lease payments are expensed in the period to which they 
relate.

On initial recognition, the carrying value of the lease liability also includes:

•  amounts expected to be payable under any residual value guarantee;

• 

the exercise price of any purchase option granted in favour of the Group if it is reasonable certain to assess that option; and

•  any penalties payable for terminating the lease, if the term of the lease has been estimated on the basis of termination option,  

being exercised.

Property, plant and equipment and depreciation
Property, plant and equipment is stated at cost, net of depreciation and any provision for impairment. Depreciation is calculated to 
write down the cost less estimated residual value of all tangible fixed assets by equal annual instalments over their expected useful 
economic lives. The rates generally applicable are:

Fixtures, fittings and equipment 25% – 33% straight-line

Current taxation
Current tax assets and liabilities for the period not under UK REIT regulations are measured at the amount expected to be recovered 
from or paid to the tax authorities. The tax rates and the tax laws used to compute the amount are those that are enacted or 
substantively enacted, by the balance sheet date.

Deferred taxation
Deferred tax is the tax expected to be payable or recoverable on differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities 
in the financial statements and the corresponding tax bases used in the computation of taxable profit, and is accounted for using the 
balance sheet liability method. Deferred tax liabilities are generally recognised for all taxable temporary differences and deferred 
tax assets are recognised to the extent that it is probable that taxable profits will be available against which deductible temporary 
differences can be utilised. Such assets and liabilities are not recognised if the temporary difference arises from goodwill or from the 
initial recognition (other than in a business combination) of other assets and liabilities in a transaction that affects neither the tax profit 
nor the accounting profit.

Deferred tax is calculated at the tax rates that are expected to apply in the period when the liability is settled or the asset is realised. 
Deferred tax is charged or credited in profit or loss, except when it relates to items charged or credited directly to other comprehensive 
income, in which case the deferred tax is also dealt with in other comprehensive income.

The Government announced a proposal in March 2021 for an increase in the corporation tax rate from 19% main rate in the tax year 
2021 to 25% with effect from 1 April 2023. This was enacted by the Finance Bill 2021 on 10 June 2021.

8 8

PALACE CAPITAL PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023Dividends to equity holders of the parent
Interim ordinary dividends are recognised when paid and final ordinary dividends are recognised as a liability in the period in which 
they are approved by the Shareholders.

Share-based payments
The fair value of the share options are determined at the grant date and are expensed on a straight-line basis over the vesting 
period. Non-market vesting conditions are taken into account by adjusting the number of equity instruments expected to vest at each 
reporting date so that ultimately the cumulative amount recognised over the vesting period is based on the number of options that 
eventually vest. Non-vesting conditions and market vesting conditions are factored into the fair values of the options granted. As long 
as all other vesting conditions are satisfied, a charge is made irrespective of whether the market vesting conditions are satisfied. The 
cumulative expense is not adjusted for failure to achieve a market vesting condition or where a non-vesting condition is not satisfied.

Commitments and contingencies
Commitments and contingent liabilities are disclosed in the financial statements. They are disclosed unless the possibility of an outflow 
of resources embodying economic benefits is remote. A contingent asset is not recognised in the financial statements but disclosed 
when an inflow of economic benefits is probable. A contingent asset is recognised when the realisation of the income is virtually 
certain.

Equity
The share capital represents the nominal value of the issued share capital of Palace Capital plc.

Treasury share reserve represents the consideration paid for shares bought back from the open market.

The merger reserve represents the excess over nominal value of the fair value consideration for the acquisition of subsidiaries satisfied 
by the issue of shares in accordance with S612 of the Companies Act 2006.

The capital redemption reserve represents the nominal value of cancelled preference share capital redeemed.

The capital reduction reserve represents distributable profits generated as a result of the share premium reduction.

Critical accounting judgements and key sources of estimation and uncertainty
The preparation of the financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts 
of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the 
reporting period. Actual results could differ from these estimates. Information about such judgements and estimation is contained in 
the accounting policies or the notes to the accounts, and the key areas are summarised below.

Estimates

Property Valuation

The key source of estimation uncertainty rests in the values of property assets, which significantly affects the value of investment 
properties in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position. The investment property portfolio is carried at fair value, which requires 
a number of estimates in assessing the Group’s assets relative to market transactions. The approach to this valuation and the amounts 
affected are set out in the accounting policies and note 9.

Trading properties are held at the lower of cost and net realisable value. Net realisable value is the value of an asset that can be 
realised upon the sale of the asset, less a reasonable estimate of the costs associated with the eventual sale or disposal of the asset.

The Group has valued the investment properties at fair value. To the extent that any future valuation affects the fair value of the 
investment properties and assets held for sale, this will impact on the Group’s results in the period in which this determination is made.

Expected credit loss model

The Group applies the IFRS 9 simplified approach to the expected credit loss model, using 12 months of historic rental payment 
information for tenants, and adjusting risk profile rates based on forward-looking information. We remain cautious as rising inflation 
and interest rates continue to create economic uncertainty. 

During the year, the Group collected 99% of all rents, and collected a large amount of historic arrears where payment plans were 
agreed with tenants. This has resulted in the ECL provisions calculated at 31 March 2023 being lower than in previous periods (refer to 
note 13).

In arriving at our estimates, we have considered the tenants at higher risk, particularly in the leisure and retail sectors, those in 
administration or CVA, and those tenants who have been impacted financially who are not necessarily in high-risk sectors.

8 9

FINANCIALSNotes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
continued

Estimates and Judgements

Share-based payments

Equity-settled share awards are recognised as an expense based on their fair value at date of grant. The fair value of equity-settled 
share options is estimated through the use of option valuation models, which require inputs such as the risk-free interest rate, expected 
dividends, expected volatility and the expected option life, and is expensed over the vesting period. Some of the inputs used are not 
market observable and are based on estimates derived from available data. The models utilised are intended to value options traded 
in active markets. The share options issued by the Group, however, have a number of features that make them incomparable to such 
traded options (see note 22 on page 108 for further details). The variables used to measure the fair value of share-based payments 
could have a significant impact on that valuation, and the determination of these variables requires a significant amount of professional 
judgement. A minor change in a variable which requires professional judgement, such as volatility or expected life of an instrument, 
could have a quantitatively material impact on the fair value of the share-based payments granted, and therefore will also result in the 
recognition of a higher or lower expense in the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income.

Judgement is also exercised in assessing the number of options subject to non-market vesting conditions that will vest.

1. Rental and other income

The chief operating decision maker (“CODM”) takes the form of the Executive Directors (the Group’s Executive Committee). The 
Group’s Executive Committee are of the opinion that the principal activity of the Group is to invest in commercial real estate in the UK.

Operating segments are identified on the basis of internal financial reports about components of the Group that are regularly reviewed 
by the CODM.

The internal financial reports received by the Group’s Executive Committee contain financial information at a Group level as a 
whole and there are no reconciling items between the results contained in these reports and the amounts reported in the financial 
statements. Additionally, information is provided to the Group’s Executive Committee showing gross property income and property 
valuation by individual property. Therefore, each individual property is considered to be a separate operating segment in that its 
performance is monitored individually.

The Directors have considered the requirements of IFRS 8 as to aggregation of operating segments into reporting segments. All of 
the Group’s revenue is generated from investment and trading properties located outside of London. The properties are managed as 
a single portfolio by an asset management team whose responsibilities are not segregated by location or type but are managed on an 
asset-by-asset basis. 

The route to market is determined by reference to the current economic circumstances that fluctuate through the life cycle of the 
portfolio. The Group holds a diversified portfolio across different sectors including office, industrial, retail, leisure, retail warehouse and 
residential. The Group does from time to time engage in development projects. The Directors view the Group’s development activities 
as an integral part of the life cycle of each of its assets rather than a separate business or division. 

The Directors therefore consider that the individual properties have similar economic characteristics and therefore have been 
aggregated into a single reportable segment under the provision of IFRS 8.

All of the Group’s properties are based in the UK. No geographical grouping is contained in any of the internal financial reports 
provided to the Group’s Executive Committee and, therefore, no geographical segmental analysis is required.

Revenue – type

Gross rental income
Dilapidations and other property related income
Insurance commission
Gross property income
Service charge income
Trading property income
Total revenue

2023
£’000

17,425
401
68
17,894
4,974
10,105
32,973

2022
£’000

16,670
732
92
17,494
4,155
27,415
49,064

No single tenant accounts for more than 10% of the Group’s total rents received from investment properties. Similarly, there was no 
individual or corporate that accounts for more than 10% of the trading property income.

9 0

PALACE CAPITAL PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 20232. Interest payable and similar charges

Interest on bank loans
Amortisation of loan arrangement fees
Other finance charges

3. Profit for the year

a) The Group’s profit for the year is stated after charging the following:

Depreciation of tangible fixed assets and amortisation of right of use assets:
Auditor’s remuneration:
Fees payable to the Auditor for the audit of the Group’s annual accounts
Fees payable to the Auditor for the audit of the subsidiaries’ annual accounts
Additional fees payable to the Auditor in respect of the 2022 audit
Fees payable to the Auditor and its related entities for other services:
Audit related assurance services in respect of the interim results

b) The Group’s cost of sales comprise the following:

Void, investment and development property costs
Legal, lettings and consultancy costs
Property operating expenses
Service charge expenses
Trading property cost of sales

c) The Group’s administrative expenses comprise the following:

Recurring staff costs

Payments to former Directors (including associated costs)

Other overheads

Accounting and audit fees
Stock Exchange costs
Share-based payments
PR and marketing costs
Legal and professional fees (excluding costs associated with payments to former Directors)
Amortisation of right of use asset
ESG Costs
Depreciation of tangible fixed assets

Details and nature of payments to former Directors can be found on page 62 of the Remuneration Report.

Other overheads consist of rents, rates, service charge, consultancy, recruitment and other office costs.

2023
£’000

3,643
317
10
3,970

2023
£’000

112

195
36
15

11
257

2023
£’000

2,076
502
2,578
4,974
9,595
17,147

2023
£’000

2,560

1,835

624

318
207
177
108
82
82
71
30

2022
£’000

2,748
305
143
3,196

2022
£’000

196

165
29
–

11
205

2022
£’000

2,310
328
2,638
4,155
23,615
30,408

2022
£’000

2,895

–

595

269
235
162
150
62
148
59
48

6,094

4,623

9 1

FINANCIALSNotes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
continued

3. Profit for the year continued

d) EPRA cost ratios are calculated as follows:

Gross property income

Administrative expenses
Property operating expenses
Movement in expected credit loss
EPRA costs (including property operating expenses)
EPRA cost ratio (including property operating expenses)

Less property operating expenses
EPRA costs (excluding property operating expenses)
EPRA cost ratio (excluding property operating expenses)
Total expense ratio

4. Employees and directors’ remuneration

Staff costs during the period were as follows:

Non-Executive Directors’ fees
Wages and salaries
Pensions
Social security costs
Payments to former Directors (incl. NI and pension contributions)

Share-based payments

The average number of employees of the Group and the Company during the period was:

Directors
Senior management and other employees

Key management are the Group’s Directors. Remuneration in respect of key management was as follows:

Emoluments for qualifying services
Social security costs
Pension
Payments to former Directors (incl. NI and pension contributions)

Share-based payments

One Director accrues benefits under the Group’s defined benefit pension scheme.

9 2

2023
£’000

17,894

6,094
2,578
(327)
8,345
46.6%

(2,578)
5,767
32.2%
3.0%

2023
£’000

300
1,828
147
262
1,677
4,214
177
4,391

2022
£’000

17,494

4,623
2,638
(360)
6,901
39.4%

(2,638)
4,263
24.4%
1.6%

2022
£’000

195
2,357
116
227
–
2,895
162
3,057

2023
Number

2022
Number

3
8
11

2023
£’000

711
117
35
1,677
2,540
32
2,572

7
9
16

2022
£’000

1,423
185
25
–
1,633
116
1,749

PALACE CAPITAL PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 20235. Taxation

Current income tax charge
Deferred tax
Tax (credit)/charge

(Loss)/profit on ordinary activities before tax
Based on (loss)/profit for the period: Theoretical Tax at 19% (2022: 19%)
Effect of:
Net expenses not deductible for tax purposes
Deferred tax released to profit and loss on Hudson Quarter residential sales
Residual losses not recognised for deferred tax
Gain on appropriation for Hudson Quarter

REIT exempt income
Non-taxable items
Tax (credit)/charge for the period

2023
£’000

–
(67)
(67)

2023
£’000

(35,771)
(6,797)

41
(67)
–
–

(1,775)
8,531
(67)

2022
£’000

152
(85)
67

2022
£’000

24,615
4,677

51
(85)
(345)
119

(1,985)
(2,365)
67

Non taxable items include fair value movements of the property portfolio, profit on disposals, share based payments and other 
expenditure not subject to tax.

As a UK REIT, the income profits of the Group’s UK property rental business are exempt from corporation tax, as are any gains it makes 
from the disposal of its properties, provided they are not held for trading. The Group is otherwise subject to UK corporation tax at the 
prevailing rate. 

Deferred taxes relate to the following:

Deferred tax liability – brought forward
Tax rate increase from 19% to 25%
Overprovided in prior year
Deferred tax release on sale of trading property
Deferred tax liability – carried forward

Investment property unrealised valuation gains
Deferred tax liability – carried forward

2023
£’000

(143)
–
(21)
88
(76)

2023
£’000

(76)
(76)

2022
£’000

(228)
(34)
–
119
(143)

2022
£’000

(143)
(143)

The deferred tax liability of £76,000 (2022: £143,000) relates to investment properties transferred into trading stock, prior to the Group 
becoming a REIT. As at 31 March 2022 the Group had approximately £5,915,000 (2022: £5,915,000) of realised capital losses to carry 
forward. There has been no deferred tax asset recognised as the Directors do not consider it probable that future taxable profits will be 
available to utilise these losses.

Finance Act 2021 sets the main rate of UK corporation tax at 19%, with an increase in the main rate to 25% with effect from 1 
April 2023. The deferred tax liability relates to trading properties and has been calculated on the basis of 25%.

9 3

FINANCIALSNotes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
continued

6. Earnings per share

Basic earnings per share
Basic earnings per share and diluted earnings per share have been calculated on loss after tax attributable to ordinary Shareholders for 
the year (as shown on the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income) and for the earnings per share, the weighted average 
number of ordinary shares in issue during the period (see table below) and for diluted weighted average number of ordinary shares in 
issue during the year (see table below).

(Loss)/profit after tax attributable to ordinary Shareholders for the year

Weighted average number of shares for basic earnings per share
Dilutive effect of share options
Weighted average number of shares for diluted earnings per share
Earnings per ordinary share
Basic
Diluted

2023
£’000

(35,704)

2022
£’000

24,548

2023
No. of shares

2022
No. of shares

44,525,518
–
44,525,518

46,257,514
36,766
46,294,280

(80.2p)
(80.2p)

53.1p
53.0p

Key Performance Measures
The Group financial statements are prepared under IFRS which incorporates non-realised fair value measures and non-recurring 
items. Alternative Performance Measures (“APMs”), being financial measures which are not specified under IFRS, are also used by 
management to assess the Group’s performance. These include a number of European Public Real Estate Association (“EPRA”) 
measures, prepared in accordance with the EPRA Best Practice Recommendations reporting framework the latest update of which was 
issued in November 2019. The Group reports a number of these measures (detailed in the glossary of terms) because the Directors 
consider them to improve the transparency and relevance of our published results as well as the comparability with other listed 
European real estate companies.

EPRA EPS and EPRA Diluted EPS
EPRA Earnings is a measure of operational performance and represents the net income generated from the operational activities. It is 
intended to provide an indicator of the underlying income performance generated from the leasing and management of the property 
portfolio. EPRA earnings are calculated taking the profit after tax excluding investment property revaluations and gains and losses on 
disposals, changes in fair value of financial instruments and one-off finance termination costs. EPRA earnings is calculated on the basis 
of the basic number of shares in line with IFRS earnings as the dividends to which they give rise accrue to current Shareholders. 

Adjusted profit before tax and Adjusted EPS
The Group also reports an adjusted earnings measure which is based on recurring earnings before tax and the basic number of shares. 
This is the basis on which the Directors consider dividend cover. This takes EPRA earnings as the starting point and then adds back tax 
and any other fair value movements or one-off items that were included in EPRA earnings. This includes share-based payments being a 
non-cash expense, as well as payments to former Directors, which is a one-off exceptional item. The corporation tax charge (excluding 
deferred tax movements, being a non-cash expense) is deducted in order to calculate the adjusted earnings per share, if the charge is 
in relation to recurring earnings.

9 4

PALACE CAPITAL PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 20236. Earnings per share continued

The EPRA and adjusted earnings per share for the period are calculated based upon the following information:

(Loss)/profit after tax for the year
Adjustments:
Loss/(gain) on revaluation of investment property portfolio
Profit on disposal of investment properties
Trading profit
Loss on disposal of listed equity investments
Debt termination costs
Fair value gain on derivatives
EPRA earnings for the year
Payments to former Directors (including associated costs)
Share-based payments
Hudson Quarter development loan interest
Adjusted profit after tax for the year
Tax excluding deferred tax on EPRA adjustments and capital gain charged
Adjusted profit before tax for the year
EPRA and adjusted earnings per ordinary share

EPRA Basic
EPRA Diluted
Adjusted EPS

7. Net asset value per share

2023
£’000

(35,704)

42,900
(819)
(510)
–
15
(210)
5,672
1,835
177
–
7,684
(67)
7,617

12.7p
12.7p
17.1p

2022
£’000

24,548

(8,222)
(4,946)
(3,800)
80
63
(329)
7,394
–
162
189
7,745
67
7,812

16.0p
16.0p
16.9p

The Group has adopted the EPRA NAV measures which came into effect for accounting periods starting 1 January 2020. EPRA issued 
best practice recommendations (BPR) for financial guidelines on its definitions of NAV measures. The NAV measures as outlined in the 
BPR are EPRA net tangible assets (NTA), EPRA net reinvestment value (NRV) and EPRA net disposal value (NDV). 

The Group considered EPRA Net Tangible Assets (NTA) to be the most relevant NAV measure for the Group and we are now reporting 
this as our primary NAV measure, replacing our previously reported EPRA NAV and EPRA NNNAV per share metrics. EPRA NTA 
excludes the intangible assets and the cumulative fair value adjustments for debt-related derivatives which are unlikely to be realised. 

As at 31 March 2023

Net assets attributable to Shareholders
Include:
Fair value adjustment of trading properties
Real estate transfer tax
Fair value of fixed interest rate debt
Exclude:
Deferred tax on latent capital gains and capital allowances
EPRA NAV
Number of ordinary shares issued for diluted and EPRA net assets per share
EPRA NAV per share

The adjustments made to get to the EPRA NAV measures above are as follows:

EPRA NTA
£’000
128,475

EPRA NRV
£’000
128,475

ERPA NDV
£’000
128,475

730
–
–

730
11,922
–

730
–
863

76
129,281
43,728,212
296p

76
141,203
43,728,212
323p

–
130,068
43,728,212
297p

•  Fair value adjustment of trading properties: Difference between development property held on the balance sheet at cost and fair 

value of that development property.

•  Real estate transfer tax: Gross value of property portfolio as provided in the Valuation Certificate (i.e. the value prior to any 

deduction of purchasers’ costs).

9 5

FINANCIALSNotes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
continued

7. Net asset value per share continued

•  Fair value of fixed interest rate debt: Difference between any financial liability and asset held on the balance sheet of the Group 

and the fair value of that financial liability or asset.

•  Fair value of derivatives: Exclude fair value financial instruments that are used for hedging purposes where the company has the 

intention of keeping the hedge position until the end of the contractual duration.

•  Deferred tax on latent capital gains and capital allowances: Exclude the deferred tax as per IFRS balance sheet in respect of the 
difference between the fair value and the tax book value of investment property, development property held for investment, 
intangible assets, or other non-current investments as this would only become payable if the assets were sold.

As at 31 March 2022

Net assets attributable to Shareholders
Include:
Fair value adjustment of trading properties
Real estate transfer tax
Fair value of fixed interest rate debt
Exclude:
Fair value of derivatives value 
Deferred tax on latent capital gains and capital allowances
EPRA NAV
Number of ordinary shares issued for diluted and EPRA net assets per share
EPRA NAV per share

Number of ordinary shares issued at the end of the year (excluding treasury shares)
Dilutive effect of share options
Number of ordinary shares issued for diluted and EPRA net assets per share
Net assets per ordinary share

Basic
Diluted
EPRA NTA

8. Dividends

2023

Interim dividend
Interim dividend

2022

Final dividend
Interim dividend
Interim dividend
Interim dividend

2021

Final dividend
Interim dividend

Payment date

13 January 2023
14 October 2022

05 August 2022
14 April 2022
31 December 2021
15 October 2021

05 August 2021
09 April 2021

Dividends reported in the Group Statement of Changes in Equity

9 6

EPRA NTA
£’000

EPRA NRV
£’000

EPRA NDV
£’000

177,204

177,204

177,204

3,188
–
–

3,188
17,049
–

3,188
–
413

47
143
180,582
46,325,236
390p

47
143
197,631
46,325,236
427p

–
–
180,805
46,325,236
390p

2023
No of shares

2022
No of shares

43,718,381
9,831
43,728,212

46,288,470
36,766
46,325,236

294p
294p
296p

2023
£’000

1,651
1,651
3,302

1,736
1,504
–
–
3,240

–
–
–
6,542

383p
383p
390p

2022
£’000

–
–
–

–
–
1,504
1,389
2,893

1,382
1,152
2,534
5,427

Dividend
per share

3.75
3.75
7.50

3.75
3.25 
3.25 
3.00 
13.25

3.00
2.50
5.50

PALACE CAPITAL PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 20238. Dividends continued

Proposed Dividends

August 2023 final dividend in respect of year end 31 March 2023: 3.75p (2022 final dividend: 3.75p)
April 2023 interim dividend in respect of year end 31 March 2023: 3.25p (2022 interim dividend: 3.25p)

2023
£’000

1,621
1,645
3,266

2022
£’000

1,736
1,504
3,240

Proposed final dividends on ordinary shares are subject to approval at the Annual General Meeting and are not recognised as a liability 
as at 31 March 2023.

9. Property portfolio

At 1 April 2021
Additions – refurbishments
Additions - new properties
Gain on revaluation of investment properties
Disposals
At 31 March 2022
Additions – refurbishments
Loss on revaluation of investment properties
Disposals
At 31 March 2023

Freehold
investment 
properties
£’000

Leasehold
investment 
properties
£’000

Total
investment 
properties
£’000

219,141
2,351
10,022
6,886
(22,290)
216,110
1,026
(38,663)
(14,495)
163,978

16,713
2,543
–
1,336
(3,985)
16,607
156
(4,237)
–
12,526

235,854
4,894
10,022
8,222
(26,275)
232,717
1,182
(42,900)
(14,495)
176,504

Total 
property 
portfolio
£’000

278,573
4,894
10,022
1,182
–
8,222
(49,889)
253,004
1,182
363
(42,900)
(24,090)
187,559

At 1 April 2021
Additions – refurbishments
Additions - new properties
Additions – trading property
Transfer from investment property under construction
Gain on revaluation of properties
Disposals
At 31 March 2022
Additions – refurbishments
Additions – trading property
Loss on revaluation of properties
Disposals
At 31 March 2023

Standing 
investment 
properties
£’000

Investment 
properties 
under 
construction
£’000

Total 
investment 
properties
£’000

Trading 
properties
£’000

223,904
4,894
10,022
–
11,950
8,222
(26,275)
232,717
1,182
–
(42,900)
(14,495)
176,504

11,950
–
–
–
(11,950)
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

235,854
4,894
10,022
–
–
8,222
(26,275)
232,717
1,182
–
(42,900)
(14,495)
176,504

42,719
–
–
1,182
–
–
(23,614)
20,287
–
363
–
(9,595)
11,055

The property portfolio has been independently valued at fair value. The valuations have been prepared in accordance with the 
RICS Valuation – Global Standards July 2017 (“the Red Book”) and incorporate the recommendations of the International Valuation 
Standards and the RICS valuation – Professional Standards UK January 2014 (Revised April 2015) which are consistent with the 
principles set out in IFRS 13. At 31 March 2023, the Group’s freehold and leasehold investment properties were externally valued by 
CBRE for the first time, a Royal Institution of Chartered Surveyors (“RICS”) registered independent valuer.

The valuer in forming its opinion makes a series of assumptions, which are typically market related, such as net initial yields and 
expected rental values, and are based on the valuer’s professional judgement. The valuer has sufficient current local and national 
knowledge of the particular property markets involved and has the skills and understanding to undertake the valuations competently.

In addition to the loss on revaluation of investment properties included in the table above, realised gains of £819,000 (2022: 
£4,946,000) relating to investment properties disposed of during the year were recognised in profit or loss.

9 7

FINANCIALSNotes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
continued

9. Property portfolio continued

The Group has developed a large mixed-use scheme at Hudson Quarter, York. Part of the approved scheme consists of commercial  
units which the Group holds for leasing. During the development the commercial element of the scheme was classified as investment 
properties under construction. As a result of achieving practical completion in April 2021, the commercial element of the scheme is 
now classified as investment properties.

For investment properties under construction and trading properties, no borrowing costs have been capitalised in the year (2022: 
£51,674).

A reconciliation of the valuations carried out by the independent valuers to the carrying values shown in the Statement of Financial 
Position was as follows:

CBRE (property portfolio) (Cushman & Wakefield LLP 2022)
Adjustment in respect of minimum payment under head leases
Less trading properties at lower of cost and net realisable value
Less lease incentive balance included in accrued income
Less fair value uplift on trading properties
Carrying value of investment properties

2023
£’000

192,355
1,077
(11,055)
(5,143)
(730)
176,504

2022
£’000

259,040
1,078
(20,287)
(3,926)
(3,188)
232,717

The valuations of all investment property held by the Group is classified as Level 3 in the IFRS 13 fair value hierarchy as they are based 
on unobservable inputs. There have been no transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy during the year.

Valuation process – investment properties
The valuation reports produced by the independent valuers are based on information provided by the Group such as current rents, 
terms and conditions of lease agreements, service charges and capital expenditure. This information is derived from the Group’s 
financial and property management systems and is subject to the Group’s overall control environment.

In addition, the valuation reports are based on assumptions and valuation models used by the independent valuers. The assumptions 
are typically market related, such as yields and discount rates, and are based on their professional judgement and market observations. 
Each property is considered a separate asset, based on its unique nature, characteristics and the risks of the property.

The Head of Investment, responsible for the valuation process verifies all major inputs to the external valuation reports, assesses the 
individual property valuation changes from the prior year valuation report and holds discussions with the independent valuers. 

When this process is complete, the valuation report is recommended to the Audit & Risk Committee, which considers it as part of its  
overall responsibilities.

The assumptions made in the valuation of the Group’s investment properties are:

•  The amount and timing of future income streams;

•  Anticipated maintenance costs and other landlord’s liabilities;

•  An appropriate yield; and

•  For investment properties under construction: gross development value, estimated cost to complete and an appropriate 

developer’s margin.

Valuation technique – standing investment properties
The valuations reflect the tenancy data supplied by the Group along with associated revenue costs and capital expenditure. The fair 
value of the investment portfolio has been derived from capitalising the future estimated net income receipts at capitalisation rates 
reflected by recent arm’s length sales transactions.

9 8

PALACE CAPITAL PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 20239. Property portfolio continued

31 March 2023

Fair value of property portfolio
Area (sq ft)
Gross Estimated Rental Value
Net Initial Yield
  Minimum
  Maximum
  Weighted average
Reversionary Yield
  Minimum
  Maximum
  Weighted average
Equivalent Yield
  Minimum
  Maximum
  Weighted average

Office

Industrial

Significant unobservable inputs
Leisure

Other

Total

95,615,000
622,905
11,050,952

35,855,000
339,470
2,820,749

29,290,000
304,319
3,324,009

31,595,000 192,355,000
1,351,545
18,752,113

84,851
1,556,403

0.3%
24.4%
6.6%

6.9%
26.2%
10.8%

6.8%
9.9%
9.4%

3.7%
8.1%
6.3%

6.6%
8.4%
7.4%

6.3%
7.1%
6.6%

10.5%
12.3%
11.5%

8.7%
12.0%
10.5%

10.0%
10.6%
10.3%

5.3%
9.9%
7.2%

5.3%
10.0%
7.2%

6.0%
9.8%
7.4%

0.3%
24.4%
7.4%

5.3%
26.2%
9.6%

6.0%
10.6%
9.0%

The “other” sector includes Residential, Retail and Retail Warehousing sectors.

31 March 2022

Fair value of property portfolio
Area (sq ft)
Gross Estimated Rental Value
Net Initial Yield
  Minimum
  Maximum
  Weighted average
Reversionary Yield
  Minimum
  Maximum
  Weighted average
Equivalent Yield
  Minimum
  Maximum
  Weighted average

Office

Industrial

Significant unobservable inputs
Leisure

Other

Total

£122,125,000
633,591
£10,952,762

£43,345,000
345,586
£2,608,500

£36,990,000
303,993
£3,270,645

£56,580,000 £259,040,000
1,452,932
£19,418,183

169,762
£2,586,276

(5.1%)
9.6%
4.7%

4.5%
11.3%
8.0%

4.5%
8.8%
7.6%

3.5%
5.6%
4.5%

4.6%
6.3%
5.5%

4.5%
5.9%
5.4%

7.8%
9.2%
8.4%

7.3%
9.1%
8.2%

8.4%
9.8%
9.6%

3.5%
11.1%
7.2%

3.4%
10.4%
7.2%

3.4%
9.9%
7.2%

(5.1%)
11.1%
5.6%

3.4%
11.3%
7.5%

3.4%
9.9%
7.4%

Negative net initial yields arise where properties are vacant or partially vacant and void costs exceed rental income.

The following descriptions and definitions relate to valuation techniques and key unobservable inputs made in determining fair values:

Market comparable method
Under the market comparable method (or market comparable approach), a property’s fair value is estimated based on comparable 
transactions in the market.

Unobservable input: estimated rental value
The rent at which space could be let in the market conditions prevailing at the date of valuation (range: £81,443–£1,971,755 per 
annum).

Rental values are dependent on a number of variables in relation to the Group’s property. These include: size, location, tenant, 
covenant strength and terms of the lease.

9 9

FINANCIALSNotes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
continued

9. Property portfolio continued

Unobservable input: net initial yield
The net initial yield is defined as the initial gross income as a percentage of the market value (or purchase price as appropriate) plus 
standard costs of purchase.

Sensitivities of measurement of significant unobservable inputs
As set out within significant accounting estimates and judgements above, the Group’s property Portfolio Valuation is open to 
judgements inherently subjective by nature.

Unobservable input

Gross Estimated Rental Value
Net Initial Yield
Reversionary Yield
Equivalent Yield

Impact on fair value measurement of 
significant increase in input

Impact on fair value measurement of 
significant decrease in input

Increase
Decrease
Decrease
Decrease

Decrease
Increase
Increase
Increase

(Decrease)/increase in the fair value of investment 
properties as at 31 March 2023
(Decrease)/increase in the fair value of investment 
properties as at 31 March 2022

(9.63)

(10.76)

9.63

10.76

(6.14)

(9.74)

6.92

12.36

-5% in passing 
rent (£m)

+5% in passing 
rent (£m)

+0.25% in net 
initial yield (£m)

-0.25% in net 
initial yield (£m)

Valuation technique: properties under construction
Development assets are valued using the gross development value of the asset less any costs still payable in order to complete, and an 
appropriate developer’s margin.

10. Trading property

At 1 April 2021
Costs capitalised
Disposal of trading properties
At 1 April 2022
Additions
Disposal of trading properties
At 31 March 2023

Total
£’000

42,719
1,182
(23,614)
20,287
363
(9,595)
11,055

The Group developed a large mixed-use scheme at Hudson Quarter, York. Part of the approved scheme consists of residential units 
which the Group is in the process of selling. As a result, the residential element of the scheme is classified as trading property.

11. Listed equity investments

At 1 April 2021
Disposal of equity investment
At 31 March 2022 and 31 March 2023

1 0 0

Total
£’000

3,249
(3,249)
–

PALACE CAPITAL PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 202312. Property, plant and equipment

At 1 April 2021
Additions
At 1 April 2022
Additions
At 31 March 2023 
Depreciation

At 1 April 2021
Provided during the year

At 1 April 2022
Provided during the year
At 31 March 2023

Net book value at 31 March 2023

Net book value at 31 March 2022

13. Trade and other receivables

Current

Gross amounts receivable from tenants
Less: expected credit loss provision
Net amount receivable from tenants
Other taxes
Other debtors
Accrued income
Prepayments

IT, fixtures 
and fittings
£’000

Right of 
use asset
£’000

274
22
296
8
304

203
48

251
30
281

23

45

2023
£’000

2,550
(653)
1,897
97
993
5,143
420
8,550

461
–
461
197
658

296
148

444
82
526

132

17

2022
£’000

2,624
(980)
1,644
156
1,022
3,926
664
7,412

Accrued income amounting to £5,143,000 (2021: £3,926,000) relates to rents recognised in advance of receipt as a result of spreading 
the effect of rent free and reduced rent periods, capital contributions in lieu of rent free periods and contracted rent uplifts over the 
expected terms of their respective leases.

The carrying value of trade and other receivables classified at amortised cost approximates fair value.

As at 31 March 2023 the lifetime expected credit loss provision for trade receivables and contract assets is as follows:

Expected loss rate
Gross carrying amount
Loss provision

More than  
30 days
past due
£’000

More than  
60 days
past due
£’000

More than  
90 days
past due
£’000

3%
39
1

4%
32
1

92%
669
618

Current
£’000

2%
1,810
33

Total
£’000

2,550
653

Changes to credit risk management
Impairment calculations have been carried out on trade receivables using the IFRS 9 simplified approach, using 12 months of historic 
rental payment information, and adjusting risk profiles based on forward-looking information. In addition, the Group has reviewed its 
register of tenants at higher risk, particularly in the leisure and retail sectors, those in administration or CVA and the top 50 tenants by 
size with the remaining tenants considered on a sector by sector basis.

1 0 1

FINANCIALSNotes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
continued

13. Trade and other receivables continued

Concentration of credit risk
The credit risk in respect of trade receivables is not concentrated as the Group operates in many different sectors and locations around 
the UK, and has a wide range of tenants from a broad spectrum of business sectors. The Group predominantly operates in the office 
and industrial sectors. 69% of the ECL provision relates to tenants in the leisure sector. 

How forward looking information was incorporated
In calculating the ECL provision, the Group used forward looking information when assessing the risk profiles of each tenant, most 
notably around the assessment over the likelihood of tenants having the ability to pay rent as demanded, as well as the likelihood of 
rent deferrals and rent frees being offered to tenants.

Key sources of estimation uncertainty
The Group’s risk profile rates form a key part when calculating the ECL provision. Default rates were applied to each tenant based on 
the ageing of the outstanding receivable. Tenants were classified as either low (default range of 0.5% - 8%), medium (default range of 
20% - 50%), high (default range of 65% - 80%), or extremely high risk (set default range of 100%), with default rates applied to each risk 
profile. These rates have been calculated by using historic and forward-looking information and is inherently subjective.

A sensitivity analysis performed to determine the impact on the Group Statement of Comprehensive Income from a 10% increase in 
each of the risk profile rates would result in a decrease in profit by £207,769.

The Group does not hold any material collateral as security.

As at 31 March 2022 the lifetime expected credit loss provision for trade receivables and contract assets is as follows:

Expected loss rate
Gross carrying amount
Loss provision

Current
£’000

7%
1,668
124

Movement in the expected credit loss provision was as follows:

Brought forward
Receivables written off during the year as uncollectable
Provisions released
Provisions increased

More than 
30 days
past due
£’000

More than 
60 days
past due
£’000

More than 
90 days
past due
£’000

82%
12
10

0%
–
–

90%
944
846

2023
£’000

980
(50)
(305)
28
653

Total
£’000

2,624
980

2022
£’000

1,340
(158)
(276)
74
980

14. Cash and cash equivalents

All of the Group’s cash and cash equivalents at 31 March 2023 and 31 March 2022 are in sterling and held at floating interest rates.

Cash and cash equivalents

The Directors consider that the carrying amount of cash and cash equivalents approximates to their fair value.

2023
£’000

5,509

2022
£’000

28,143

1 0 2

PALACE CAPITAL PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 202315. Trade and other payables

Trade payables
Other taxes
Other payables
Deferred rental income
Accruals

2023
£’000

508
646
1,484
3,359
2,342
8,339

2022
£’000

604
1,167
1,136
3,368
2,637
8,912

The deferred rental income in the year ended 31 March 2022 of £3,368,000 was recognised as income in the year to 31 March 2023.

The Directors consider that the carrying amount of trade and other payables measured at amortised cost approximates to their  
fair value.

16. Derivatives

The Group adopts a policy of entering into derivative financial instruments with banks to provide an economic hedge to its interest rate 
risks and ensure its exposure to interest rate fluctuations is mitigated.

The contract rate is the fixed rate the Group is paying for its interest rate swaps.

The valuations of all derivatives held by the Group are classified as Level 2 in the IFRS 13 fair value hierarchy as they are based on 
observable inputs. There have been no transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy during the year.

At 31 March 2023, the Group has no derivative financial instruments as they matured within the financial year.

Further details on interest rate risks are included in note 26.

Bank

Barclays Bank plc
Santander plc

17. Borrowings

Current liabilities

Bank loans
Unamortised lending costs

Non-current liabilities

Bank loans
Unamortised lending costs

Total borrowings

Bank loans
Unamortised lending costs

Notional 
principal

Expiry 
date

Contract 
rate %

Valuation 
rate %

–
–
–

–
–

1.3420
1.3730

–
–

2023
Fair value
£’000

2022
Fair value
£’000

–
–
–

3
(50)
(47)

2023
£’000

8,563
(18)
8,545

55,770
(641)
55,129

64,333
(659)
63,674

2022
£’000

32,813
(64)
32,749

68,940
(452)
68,488

101,753
(516)
101,237

1 0 3

FINANCIALSNotes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
continued

17. Borrowings continued

The maturity profile of the Group’s debt was as follows:

Within one year
From one to two years
From two to five years

Facility and arrangement fees

As at 31 March 2023

2023
£’000

8,563
37,027
18,743
64,333

2022
£’000

32,813
1,218
67,722
101,753

Secured Borrowings
Santander Bank plc
Lloyds Bank plc
National Westminster Bank plc
Barclays
Scottish Widows

All in cost Maturity date
May 2027
6.38%
6.13% March 2024
6.28% August 2024
June 2024
6.13%
July 2026
2.90%

As at 31 March 2022

Secured Borrowings

All in cost Maturity date

Santander Bank plc
Lloyds Bank plc
National Westminster Bank plc
Barclays
Scottish Widows

3.71% August 2022
2.64%
March 2023
2.79% August 2024
June 2024
3.41%
July 2026
2.90%

Total 
Facility
£’000
11,750
6,845
37,724
19,385
8,629
84,333

Total 
Facility
£’000

24,750
6,845
40,000
29,168
8,947
109,710

Unused
loan
facilities
£’000
–
–
(20,000)
–
–
(20,000)

Unused 
loan 
facilities
£’000

–
–
(7,957)
–
–
(7,957)

Facility
drawn
£’000
11,750
6,845
17,724
19,385
8,629
64,333

Unamortised 
facility fees
£’000
(337)
(18)
(171)
(62)
(71)
(659)

Facility 
drawn
£’000

Unamortised 
facility fees
£’000

24,750
6,845
32,043
29,168
8,947
101,753

(29)
(35)
(230)
(128)
(94)
(516)

Loan 
Balance
£’000
11,413
6,827
17,553
19,323
8,558
63,674

Loan 
Balance
£’000

24,721
6,810
31,813
29,040
8,853
101,237

Investment properties with a carrying value of £162,420,000 (2022: £218,780,000) are subject to a first charge to secure the 
Group’s bank loans amounting to £64,333,000 (2022: £101,753,000). Trading properties with a carrying value of £11,055,000 (2022: 
£20,286,000) are no longer subject to a first charge to secure the Group’s bank loans following the repayment of the Barclays loan in 
November 2021.

The Group has unused loan facilities amounting to £20,000,000 (2022: £7,957,000). A facility fee is charged on this balance at a rate of 
1.05% p.a. and is payable quarterly. This facility is secured on the investment properties held by Property Investment Holdings Limited, 
Palace Capital (Properties) Limited and Palace Capital (Leeds) Limited as part of the NatWest loan. 

The Group constantly monitors its approach to managing interest rate risk. The Group has fixed £8,629,000 (2022: £61,386,000) of its 
debt in order to provide surety of its interest cost and to mitigate interest rate risk.

The Group has a loan with Scottish Widows for £8,629,000 (2022: £8,947,000) which is fully fixed at a rate of 2.9%.

The Group has a loan with Barclays Bank plc for £19,385,000 (2022: £29,168,000), of which £Nil (2022: £33,848,000) is fixed using an 
interest rate swap (see note 16). The floating rate portion of the loan is charged at a margin of 1.95% plus SONIA.

The Group has a loan with Santander plc for £11,750,000 (2022: £24,750,000), of which £Nil (2022: £18,592,000) is fixed using an 
interest rate swap (see note 16). The floating rate portion of the loan is charged at a margin of 2.2% plus SONIA.

The Group has a loan with Lloyds Bank plc for £6,845,000 (2022: £6,845,000) which is fully charged at a floating rate margin of 1.95% 
plus SONIA.

The Group has a loan with National Westminster Bank plc for £17,724,000 (2022: £32,043,000) which is fully charged at a floating rate 
margin of 2.1% plus SONIA.

1 0 4

PALACE CAPITAL PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 202317. Borrowings continued 

The fair value of borrowings held at amortised cost at 31 March 2023 was £64,537,000 (2022: £101,650,000). The difference in the fair 
value and carrying value of borrowings reflects the valuation of the fixed rate debt being higher than its carrying value. This is a level 2 
fair value valuation of the fixed rate debt and was determined by an independent third party. The valuation is based on a net present 
value of the difference between the contracted rate and the valuation rate when applied to the projected balances for the period from 
the reporting date to the contracted expiry date.

The Group’s bank loans are subject to various covenants including Loan to Value, Interest Cover, Debt Service Cover and debt Yield 
requirements. During the year, the Group met all of its covenants.

18. Gearing and loan to value ratio

The calculation of gearing is based on the following calculations of net assets and net debt:

EPRA net asset value (note 7)
Borrowings (net of unamortised issue costs)
Lease liabilities for investment properties
Cash and cash equivalents
Net gearing
NAV gearing

The calculation of bank loan to property value is calculated as follows:

Fair value of investment properties
Fair value of trading properties
Fair value of property portfolio
Borrowings
Cash at bank
Net debt
Loan to value ratio

19. Reconciliation of liabilities to cash flows from financing activities

Balance at 1 April 2021
Cash flows from financing activities:

Bank borrowings drawn
Bank borrowings repaid
Loan arrangement fees paid
Non-cash movements:

Amortisation of loan arrangement fees
Capitalised loan arrangement fees
Balance at 1 April 2022
Cash flows from financing activities:

Bank borrowings repaid
Loan arrangement fees paid
Non-cash movements:

Amortisation of loan arrangement fees
Balance at 31 March 2023

2023
£’000
129,281
63,674
1,077
(5,509)
59,242
46%

2023
£’000

180,570
11,785
192,355
64,333
(5,509)
58,824
31%

2022
£’000
180,582
101,237
1,078
(28,143)
74,172
41%

2022
£’000

235,565
23,475
259,040
101,753
(28,143)
73,610
28%

Bank 
borrowings
£’000

127,285

11,472
(38,033)
(11)

305
219
101,237

(37,419)
(461)

317
63,674

1 0 5

FINANCIALSNotes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
continued

20. Leases

Operating lease receipts in respect of rents on investment properties are receivable as follows:

Within one year
From one to two years
From two to three years
From three to four years
From four to five years
From five to 25 years

Lease liabilities are classified as follows:

Lease liabilities for investment properties
Lease liabilities for right of use asset

2023
£’000

15,524
13,277
13,046
12,030
8,742
42,755
105,374

2023
£’000

1,077
132
1,209

2022
£’000

15,765
15,109
13,000
12,357
10,787
49,821
116,839

2022
£’000

1,078
–
1,078

Lease obligations in respect of rents payable on leasehold properties were payable as follows:

Within one year
From one to two years
From two to five years
From five to 25 years
After 25 years

Lease
payments
£’000

54
54
162
595
5,244
6,109

2023
Present value 
of lease
payments
£’000

2022
Present value 
of lease
payments
£’000

–
–
1
4
1,072
1,077

–
–
–
8
1,070
1,078

Interest
£’000

(54)
(54)
(161)
(591)
(4,172)
(5,032)

Lease obligations in respect of rents payable on right of use assets were payable as follows:

Within one year

Lease
payments
£’000

134

2023
Present value 
of lease
payments
£’000

2022
Present value 
of lease
payments
£’000

Interest
£’000

(2)

132

–

The net carrying amount of the leasehold properties is shown in note 9.

The Group has over 160 leases granted to its tenants. These vary depending on the individual tenant and the respective property and 
demise and vary considerably from short-term leases of less than one year to longer-term leases of over 10 years.

A number of these leases contain rent free periods. Standard lease provisions include service charge payments and recovery of other 
direct costs. 

1 0 6

PALACE CAPITAL PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 202321. Share capital

Authorised, issued and fully paid share capital is as follows:

46,388,515 ordinary shares of 10p each (2022: 46,388,515)

Reconciliation of movement in ordinary share capital

At start of year
Issued in the year
At end of year

Movement in ordinary authorised share capital

As at 31 March 2021, 31 March 2022 and 31 March 2023

Movement in treasury shares

As at 31 March 2022
Shares transferred to EBT
Share buyback
Share buyback
Share buyback
As at 31 March 2023
Total number of shares excluding the number held in treasury at 31 March 2023

Year ended 31 March 2023
On 31 May 2022, 40,000 shares were transferred into the employee benefit trust.

2023
£’000

4,639
4,639

2023
£’000

4,639
–
4,639

2022
£’000

4,639
4,639

2022
£’000

4,639
–
4,639

Price per 
share pence

Number of 
ordinary 
shares issued

Total number 
of shares

–

–

46,388,515

Number of 
ordinary
shares issued

Total number
of shares

99,587

31 May 2022
11 July 2022
20 March 2023
29 March 2023

(40,000)
2,300,000
171,000
137,633

2,668,220
43,720,295

On 11 July 2022, 2,300,000 shares were purchased by the Group from the open market and transferred into treasury reserves.

On 20 March 2023, 171,000 shares were purchased by the Group from the open market and transferred into treasury reserves.

On 29 March 2023, 137,633 shares were purchased by the Group from the open market and transferred into treasury reserves.

Prior year figures included shares and transfers in the employee benefit trust.

Shares held in Employee Benefit Trust

Authorised, issued and fully paid share capital is as follows:

Brought forward
Transferred under scheme of arrangement
Shares exercised under deferred bonus share scheme
Shares exercised under employee LTIP scheme
Shares purchased by EBT
At end of year

2023
No. of 
options

458
40,000
(38,544)
–
–
1,914

2022
No. of 
options

19,238
200,000
(90,049)
(134,814)
6,083
458

1 0 7

FINANCIALSNotes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
continued

21. Share capital continued

Share options:

Reconciliation of movement in outstanding share options

At start of year
Issued in the year
Exercised in the year
Lapsed in the year
Prior period accrued dividends on vested options
Deferred bonus share options issued
Deferred bonus share options exercised
At end of year

2023
No. of 
options

1,078,826
–
–
(544,727)
32,491
9,831
(38,544)
537,877

2022
No. of 
options

1,193,984
402,717
(134,814)
(329,778)
–
36,766
(90,049)
1,078,826

As at 31 March 2023, the Company had the following outstanding unexpired options:

Description of unexpired share options

Employee benefit plan
Deferred bonus share scheme issued
Total (note 22)

Exercisable
Not exercisable

2023

2022

No. of 
options

528,046
9,831
537,877
–
537,877

Weighted 
average
option price

0p
0p
0p
0p
0p

No. of 
options

1,042,060
36,766
1,078,826
–
1,078,826

Weighted 
average
option price

0p
0p
0p
0p
0p

The weighted average remaining contractual life of share options at 31 March 2023 is 1.0 years (2022: 1.7 years).

22. Share-based payments

Employee benefit plan
The following table illustrates the number and weighted average exercise prices of, and movements in, share options during the 
period:

Number of
options

Exercise
price

Average share 
price at
date of 
exercise

Grant
date

Vesting
date

Outstanding at 31 March 2021
Exercised during the year (LTIP 2018)
Issued during the year (LTIP 2021)
Deferred bonus share options issued
Deferred bonus share options exercised
Lapsed during year (LTIP 2018)
Lapsed during year (LTIP 2019)
Lapsed during year (LTIP 2020)
Outstanding at 31 March 2022
Deferred bonus share options issued
Deferred bonus options exercised
Prior period accrued dividends on 
vested options
Lapsed during year (LTIP 2019)
Lapsed during year (LTIP 2020)
Lapsed during year (LTIP 2021)
Outstanding at 31 March 2023

1,193,984
(134,814)
402,717
36,766
(90,049)
(114,405)
(70,826)
(144,547)
1,078,826
9,831
(38,544)

32,491
(241,147)
(124,123)
(179,457)
537,877

0p
0p
0p
0p
0p
0p
0p
0p
0p
0p
0p

0p
0p
0p
0p
0p

254p
247p
253p
254p

13 July 2018
16 November 2021
15 June 2021
14 July 2020

13 July 2021
16 November 2024
15 June 2022
14 July 2021

285p
263p

18 August 2022
15 June 2021

18 August 2023
15 June 2022

1 0 8

PALACE CAPITAL PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 202322. Share-based payments continued

LTIP 2020
The options are awarded to employees on achievements against targets on two separate measures over the three-year period. The 
options are subject to a two-year holding period following vesting. Half the options will be awarded based on the first target and half 
based on the achievement of the second.

Total property return growth is based on the increase in the total property return of the Company compared with an increase in the 
MSCI IPD UK Quarterly Index (PV growth) as at 31 March 2020. This target will measure the annualised growth in total property return 
over the three-year period ending 31 March 2023 (PV performance period), and comparing this with the annualised total property 
return growth of the MSCI IPD UK Quarterly Index.

Total Shareholder return (TSR) measures the total Shareholder return (price rise plus dividends) over the period from 14 October 2020 
to 13 October 2023. The base price is £1.88 per share which was the market price at the grant date.

Annualised TSR over the  
TSR performance period

<5%
Equal to 5%
Between 5% and 9%
Equal to 9%

Vesting %

PV growth over the PV performance period

Vesting %

0
20
20–100
100

<0.5%
Equal to 0.5%
Between 0.5% and 2.5%
Equal to 2.5%

0
20
20–100
100

LTIP 2021
The options are awarded to employees on achievements against targets on two separate measures over the three-year period. For 
directors, the options are subject to a two-year holding period following vesting. Half the options will be awarded based on the first 
target and half based on the achievement of the second.

Total property return growth is calculated as Total Property Return of the Company over the Performance Period beginning on 
31 March 2021 and ending on 31 March 2024, using the Total Property Return (“TPR”) as calculated by MSCI for the Group as 
compared with the TPR for the MSCI IPD Index (the “Comparator”) over the same period. The TPR for the Group and the Comparator 
will be its percentage increase over the three-year Performance Period.

Total Shareholder return (TSR) measures the total Shareholder return (price rise plus dividends) over the period from 16 
November 2021 to 15 November 2024. The percentage of the TSR metric will be adjusted downwards according to the Company’s 
share price discount to net asset value at the time of vesting. Share Price Discount will be calculated with reference to the closing share 
price on 15 November 2024 and EPRA Net Tangible Assets as at 30 September 2024. The base price is £2.44 per share which was the 
market price at the grant date.

Annualised TSR over the  
TSR performance period

<5%
Equal to 5%
Between 5% and 9%
Equal to 9%

Vesting %

0
20
20–100
100

TPR equivalent total 
over the performance period

Vesting %

<0.5%
Equal to 0.5%
Between 0.5% and 2.5%
Equal to 2.5%

0
20
20–100
100

The fair value of grants was measured at the grant date using a Black−Scholes pricing model for the TPR tranche and using a Monte 
Carlo pricing model for the TSR tranche, taking into account the terms and conditions upon which the instruments were granted. The 
services received and a liability to pay for those services are recognised over the expected vesting period. The main assumptions of 
both the Black−Scholes and Monte Carlo pricing models are as follows:

1 0 9

FINANCIALSNotes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
continued

22. Share-based payments continued

Grant date
Share price
Exercise price
Term
Expected volatility
Expected dividend yield
Risk free rate
Time to vest (years)
Expected forfeiture p.a.
Fair value per option

Monte Carlo TSR
Tranche

Black-Scholes PV
Tranche

16 November 2021
£2.44
0p
5 years
38.03%
0.00%
0.59%
3.0
0%
£1.28

16 November 2021
£2.44
0p
5 years
38.03%
0.00%
0.59%
3.0
0%
£2.44

The expense recognised for employee share-based payment received during the period is shown in the following table:

LTIP 2018
LTIP 2019
LTIP 2020
LTIP 2021
Total expense arising from share-based payment transactions

23. Related party transactions

2023
£’000

–
15
87
75
177

2022
£’000

42
9
72
39
162

Charitable donations amounting to £6,000 (2022: £Nil) have been made by the Group to Variety, the Children’s Charity, a charity where 
Neil Sinclair is a Trustee.

Dividend payments made to Directors amounted to £27,598 (2022: £262,265) during the year. See note 4 on page 92 for further 
details of key management remuneration.

24. Capital commitments

The obligation for capital expenditure relating to the construction, development or enhancement of investment properties entered into 
by the Group amounted to £456,901 (2022: £395,952).

25. Post balance sheet events

On 4 May 2023, the Group exchanged on the disposal of Courtauld House, Coventry, for a total consideration of £7.4m. The property 
is charged against the loan facility with Barclays Bank plc and as a result, £3.5m of the total consideration will be used to repay the loan 
facility. Completion of the sale is due to take place no earlier than 5 July 2023.

On 9 May 2023 the Group exchanged on the disposal of Millbarn Medical Centre, Beaconsfield, for a total consideration of £1.5m. 
The property is charged against the loan facility with Barclays Bank plc and as a result, £0.5m of the total consideration will be used to 
repay the loan facility. Completion of the sale is due to take place by 7 July 2023.

On 23 May 2023, the Group exchanged on the disposal of Princeton House, Farnborough, for a total consideration of £2.3m. The 
property is charged against the loan facility with NatWest plc and as a result, £0.9m of the total consideration will be used to repay the 
loan facility. Completion of the sale is due to take place by 31 July 2023.

On 26 May 2023, the Group completed the disposal of five industrial assets, for a total consideration of £26.6m. The properties 
disposed of were Point Four Industrial Estate, Avonmouth, Clayton Industrial Estate, Burgess Hill, Saxon House, Kettering, Bone Lane, 
Newbury and Black Moor Road, Verwood. The properties were charged against the loan facilities with NatWest plc and Barclays Bank 
plc. £9.8m of the total consideration was used to repay the loan facility with NatWest plc and £4.1m was used to repay the loan facility 
with Barclays Bank plc on 30 May 2023.

1 1 0

PALACE CAPITAL PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 202325. Post balance sheet events continued

On 31 May 2023, the Group repaid the £6.8m loan facility with Lloyds Bank plc in full.

On 1 June 2023, the Group completed the disposal of Aldi, Gosport, for a total consideration of £5.6m. The property was charged 
against the loan facility with Barclays Bank plc and as a result, £3.7m of the total consideration was used to repay the loan facility on 2 
June 2023.

Post year end, the Group purchased 505,000 ordinary shares from the open market for a total consideration of £1.2m. These shares 
have been transferred to treasury following the purchases.

Post year end, the Group completed on a further five residential unit sales at Hudson Quarter for a total consideration of £2.2m.

26. Financial risk management

The Group’s principal financial liabilities are loans. The Group has rent and other receivables, trade and other payables and cash and 
short-term deposits that arise directly from its operations.

The Group is exposed to market risk (including interest rate risk and real estate risk), credit risk and liquidity risk.

The Group’s senior management oversee the management of these risks, and the Board of Directors has overall responsibility for the 
determination of the Group’s risk management objectives and policies and it sets policies that seek to reduce risk as far as possible 
without unduly affecting the Group’s competitiveness and flexibility. Further details regarding these policies are set out below:

The Group manages its capital structure, and makes adjustments to it, in the light of changes in economic conditions.

To maintain or adjust the capital structure, the Group may adjust the dividend payment to Shareholders, return capital to Shareholders  
or issue new shares. 

Capital risk management
The Group considers its capital to comprise its share capital, share premium, other reserves and retained earnings which amounted to 
£128,475,000 at 31 March 2023 (2022: £177,204,000). The Group’s capital management objectives are to safeguard the entity’s ability 
to continue as a going concern, so that it can continue to provide returns for Shareholders and benefits for other stakeholders and to 
provide an adequate return to Shareholders by pricing its services commensurately with the level of risk.

Within the subsidiaries of the Group, the business has covenanted to maintain a specified leverage ratio and a net interest expense 
coverage ratio, all the terms of which have been adhered to during the year.

Market risk
Market risk arises from the Group’s use of interest bearing, and tradable instruments. It is the risk that the fair value or future cash flows 
of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes in interest rates (interest rate risk) or other market factors.

Interest rate risk
The interest rate exposure profile of the Group’s financial assets and liabilities as at 31 March 2023 and 31 March 2022 were:

As at 31 March 2023

Trade and other receivables
Cash and cash equivalents
Trade and other payables
Bank borrowings
Lease liabilities

Nil rate 
assets and 
liabilities
£’000

2,890
–
(4,334)
–
–
(1,444)

Floating 
rate assets
£’000

Fixed rate 
liability
£’000

Floating rate
liability
£’000

–
5,509
–
–
–
5,509

–
–
–
(8,558)
(1,209)
(9,767)

–
–
–
(55,116)
–
(55,116)

Total
£’000

2,890
5,509
(4,334)
(63,674)
(1,209)
(60,818)

1 1 1

FINANCIALSNotes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
continued

26. Financial risk management continued

As at 31 March 2022
Trade and other receivables
Cash and cash equivalents
Trade and other payables
Interest rate swaps
Bank borrowings
Lease liabilities

Nil rate 
assets and 
liabilities
£’000

2,666
–
(4,377)
–
–
–
(1,711)

Floating 
rate assets
£’000

Fixed rate
liability
£’000

Floating rate
liability
£’000

–
28,143
–
–
–
–
28,143

–
–
–
(47)
(61,386)
(1,078)
(62,511)

–
–
–
–
(39,851)
–
(39,851)

Total
£’000

2,666
28,143
(4,377)
(47)
(101,237)
(1,078)
(75,930)

The Group’s interest rate risk arises from borrowings issued at floating interest rates. The Group’s interest rate risk is reviewed 
throughout the year by the Directors. The Board monitor the appropriate use of interest rate swaps to align with strategy and the level 
of drawn debt, to mitigate the risk of an increase in interest rates but also to allow the Group to benefit from a fall in interest rates.  
Interest rate swaps are used to mitigate the risk of an increase in interest rates but also to allow the Group to benefit from a fall in 
interest rates. 13% of the Group’s interest rate exposure is fixed and the remainder held on a floating rate. The Group has employed an 
external adviser when contracting hedging to advise on the structure of the hedging.

The Group is exposed to changes in interest rates as a result of the cash balances that it holds. The cash balances of the Group 
at the year end were £5,509,000 (2022: £28,143,000). Interest receivable in the income statement would be affected by £55,000 
(2022: 281,000) by a one percentage point change in floating interest rates on a full year basis.

The Group has loans amounting to £55,116,000 (2022: £39,851,000) which have interest payable at rates linked to the SONIA interest 
rates or bank base rates. A 1% increase in the SONIA or base rate will have the effect of increasing interest payable by £551,000 (2022: 
£399,000).

The Group has interest rate swaps with a nominal value of £Nil (2022: £52,939,449). 

The Directors regularly review the Group’s position with regard to interest rates in order to minimise its risk.

Credit risk management
Credit risk refers to the risk that a counterparty will default on its contractual obligations resulting in financial loss to the Group.

The Group has its cash held on deposit with four large banks in the United Kingdom. At 31 March 2023 the cash balances of the Group 
were £5,509,000 (2022: £28,143,000). The concentration of credit risk held with Barclays Bank plc, the largest of these banks, was 
£2,997,000 (2022: £20,281,000). 

Credit risk also results from the possibility of a tenant in the Group’s property portfolio defaulting on a lease. The largest tenant by 
contractual income amounts to 6.0% (2022: 5.7%) of the Group’s anticipated income. The Directors assess a tenant’s creditworthiness 
prior to granting leases and employ professional firms of property management consultants to manage the portfolio to ensure that 
tenants debts are collected promptly and the Directors in conjunction with the property managers take appropriate actions when 
payment is not made on time.

The carrying amount of financial assets (excluding cash balances) recorded in the financial statements, net of any allowances for losses, 
represents the Group’s maximum exposure to credit risk without taking account of the value of any collateral obtained. The carrying 
amount of these assets at 31 March 2023 was £2,890,000 (2022: £2,666,000). The details of the provision for expected credit loss are 
shown in note 13.

1 1 2

PALACE CAPITAL PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 202326. Financial risk management continued

Liquidity risk management
The Group’s policy is to hold cash and obtain loan facilities at a level sufficient to ensure that the Group has available funds to meet its 
medium-term capital and funding obligations. The Group holds cash to enable the Group to manage its liquidity risk.

The Group monitors its risk to a shortage of funds using a monthly working capital model. This process considers the maturity of both 
the Group’s financial investments and financial assets (e.g. accounts receivable, other financial assets) and projected cash flows  
from operations.

The Group’s objective is to maintain a balance between continuity of funding and flexibility through the use of multiple sources of 
funding including bank loans, term loans, loan notes, overdrafts and lease liabilities.

The tables below summarise the maturity profile of the Group’s financial liabilities based on contractual undiscounted payments:

As at 31 March 2023

Interest bearing loans
Lease liabilities
Trade and other payables

As at 31 March 2022
Interest bearing loans
Lease liabilities
Derivative financial instruments
Trade and other payables

On demand
£’000

0–1 years
£’000

1–2 years
£’000

2–5 years
£’000

> 5 years
£’000

–
–
4,334
4,334

12,161
54
–
12,215

38,606
54
–
38,660

19,598
162
–
19,760

–
5,839
–
5,839

On demand
£’000

0–1 years
£’000

1–2 years
£’000

2–5 years
£,000

> 5 years
£’000

–
–
–
4,377
4,377

35,044
54
–
–
35,098

3,409
54
(3)
–
3,460

70,257
162
50
–
70,469

–
5,894
–
–
5,894

Total
£’000

70,365
6,109
4,334
80,808

Total
£’000

108,710
6,164
47
4,377
119,298

1 1 3

FINANCIALSCompany Statement of Financial Position
as at 31 March 2023

Fixed assets

Investments in subsidiaries
Property, plant and equipment

Current assets

Trade and other receivables
Cash at bank and in hand

Total assets
Current liabilities

Creditors: amounts falling due within one year
Net current assets

Total assets less current liabilities
Equity

Called up share capital
Treasury shares
Merger reserve
Capital redemption reserve
Capital reduction reserve
Accumulated losses/retained earnings
Equity – attributable to the owners of the Parent

Note

2
4

5

6

7

2023
£’000

104,730
22
104,752

30,155
1,049
31,204
135,956

2022
£’000

122,864
43
122,907

42,576
479
43,055
165,962

(33,660)
(2,456)

(28,953)
14,102

102,296

137,009

4,639
(7,343)
3,503
340
118,477
(17,320)
102,296

4,639
(717)
3,503
340
125,019
4,225
137,009

The Company’s loss after tax for the year was £21,688,000 (2022: £1,706,000).

The financial statements were approved by the Board of Directors and authorised for issue on 14 June 2023 and are signed on its 
behalf by:

Matthew Simpson

Chief Financial Officer

1 1 4

PALACE CAPITAL PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023Company Statement of Changes in Equity
as at 31 March 2023

At 31 March 2021
Total comprehensive loss for the year
Transactions with Equity Holders
Share-based payments
Exercise of share options
Issue of deferred bonus share options
Dividends
At 31 March 2022
Total comprehensive loss for the year
Transactions with Equity Holders
Share-based payments
Exercise of share options
Issue of deferred bonus share options
Dividends
Share buyback 
At 31 March 2023

Share 
Capital
£’000

4,639
–

Treasury
Share
Reserve
£’000

(1,288)
–

–
–
–
–
4,639
–

–
–
–
–
–
4,639

–
571
–
–
(717)
–

–
71
–
–
(6,697)
(7,343)

Other
Reserves
£’000

3,843
–

–
–
–
–
3,843
–

–
–
–
–
–
3,843

Capital 
Reduction 
Reserve
£’000

125,019
–

Retained
Earnings
£’000

11,677
(1,706)

–
–
–
–
125,019
–

–
–
–
(6,542)
–
118,477

162
(571)
90
(5,427)
4,225
(21,688)

177
(71)
37
–
–
(17,320)

Total
Equity
£’000

143,890
(1,706)

162
–
90
(5,427)
137,009
(21,688)

177
–
37
(6,542)
(6,697)
102,296

Treasury shares represents the consideration paid for shares bought back from the open market.

Other reserves comprise the merger reserve and the capital redemption reserve.

The merger reserve represents the excess over nominal value of the fair value consideration for the acquisition of subsidiaries satisfied 
by the issue of shares in accordance with S612 of the Companies Act 2006.

The capital redemption reserve represents the nominal value of cancelled preference share capital redeemed.

The capital reduction reserve represents distributable profits generated as a result of the share premium reduction.

1 1 5

FINANCIALSNotes to the Company Financial Statements

Accounting policies

Palace Capital plc is a company incorporated in England and Wales under the Companies Act. The address of the registered office is 
given on the contents page and the nature of the Group’s operations and its principal activities are set out in the Strategic Report. The 
financial statements of the Company have been prepared in accordance with FRS 102, the Financial Reporting Standard applicable in 
the United Kingdom and the Republic of Ireland.

The preparation of financial statements in compliance with FRS 102 requires the use of certain critical accounting estimates. It also 
requires Company’s management to exercise judgement in applying the Company’s accounting policies (as detailed below). The 
Statement of Financial Position heading relating to the Company’s investments and property, plant and equipment is in accordance 
with the balance sheet formats of the Companies Act 2006. Assets are classified in accordance with the definitions of fixed and current 
assets in the Companies Act instead of the presentation requirements of IAS 1 Presentation of Financial Statements.

Dividends revenue

Revenue is recognised when the Company’s right to receive payment is established, which is generally when Shareholders of the 
paying company approve the payment of the dividend.

Valuation of investments

Investments in subsidiaries are measured at cost less accumulated impairment. Where merger relief is applicable, the cost of the 
investment in a subsidiary undertaking is measured at the nominal value of the shares issued together with the fair value of any 
additional consideration paid.

Listed equity investments

Listed equity investments have been classified as being at fair value through profit and loss. Listed equity investments are subsequently 
measured using Level 1 inputs, the quoted market price, and all fair value gains or losses in respect of those assets are recognised in 
the profit and loss.

Current taxation

Current tax assets and liabilities for the current and prior periods are measured at the amount expected to be recovered from or paid 
to the tax authorities. The tax rates and the tax laws used to compute the amount are those that are enacted or substantively enacted, 
by the balance sheet date.

Deferred taxation

The tax expense represents the sum of the tax currently payable and deferred tax.

The tax currently payable is based on taxable profit for the year. Taxable profit differs from net profit as reported in the income 
statement because it excludes items of income or expense that are taxable or deductible in other years and it further excludes items 
that are never taxable or deductible. The Group’s liability for current tax is calculated using tax rates that have been enacted or 
substantively enacted by the balance sheet date.

Deferred tax balances are recognised in respect of timing differences that have originated but not reversed on the balance sheet date. 
Deferred tax liabilities are generally recognised for all taxable temporary differences and deferred tax assets are recognised to the 
extent that it is probable that taxable profits will be available against which deductible temporary differences can be utilised.

Deferred tax balances are not recognised in respect of permanent differences between the fair value of assets acquired and the future  
tax deductions available for them and the differences between the fair values of liabilities acquired and the amount that will be 
assessed for tax.

The carrying amount of deferred tax assets is reviewed at each balance sheet date and reduced to the extent that it is no longer 
probable that sufficient taxable profits will be available to allow all or part of the asset to be recovered.

Deferred tax is calculated at the tax rates that are expected to apply in the period when the liability is settled or the asset is 
realised. Deferred tax is charged or credited in profit or loss, except when it relates to items charged or credited directly to other 
comprehensive income, in which case the deferred tax is also dealt with in other comprehensive income.

The Government announced a proposal in March 2021 for an increase in the corporation tax rate from 19% main rate in the tax year 
2021 to 25% with effect from 1 April 2023. This was enacted by the Finance Act 2021 on 10 June 2021.

1 1 6

PALACE CAPITAL PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023Trade and other receivables

Trade and other receivables and intercompany receivables are recognised and carried at the original transaction value. A provision for 
impairment is established where there is objective evidence that the Company will not be able to collect all amounts due according to 
the original terms of the receivables concerned.

Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash on hand and demand deposits, and other short-term highly liquid investments that are 
readily convertible to a known amount of cash and are subject to an insignificant risk of changes in value.

Financial liabilities and equity

Financial liabilities and equity instruments issued by the Company are classified according to the substance of the contractual 
arrangements entered into and the definitions of a financial liability and an equity instrument. An equity instrument is any contract 
that evidences a residual interest in the assets of the Company after deducting all of its liabilities. The accounting policies adopted for 
specific financial liabilities and equity instruments are set out below:

Trade payables

Trade payables are initially measured at fair value and are subsequently measured at amortised cost, using the effective interest 
rate method.

Equity instruments

Equity instruments issued by the Company are recorded at the fair value of proceeds received, net of direct issue costs.

Parent company disclosure exemptions

In preparing the separate financial statements of the Parent Company, advantage has been taken of the following disclosure 
exemptions available in FRS 102:

•  no cash flow statement has been presented for the Parent Company;

•  disclosures in respect of the Parent Company’s financial instruments have not been presented as equivalent disclosures have been 

provided in respect of the Group as a whole;

•  disclosures in respect of the Parent Company’s share-based payment arrangements have not been presented as equivalent 

disclosures have been provided in respect of the Group as a whole; and

•  disclosure has been given for the aggregate remuneration of the key management personnel of the Parent Company as their 

remuneration is included in the totals for the Group as a whole.

Judgements in applying accounting policies and key sources of estimation uncertainty

Investments and loans to subsidiary undertakings (see note 3)
The most critical estimates, assumptions and judgements relate to the determination of carrying value of unlisted investments in the 
Company’s subsidiary undertakings and the carrying value of the loans that the Company has made to them. The nature, facts and 
circumstance of the investment or loan are taken into account in assessing whether there are any indications of impairment.

Provisions provided in the year reflect the reduction in net asset value of subsidiaries for the year ended 31 March 2023. Write-down of 
investments reflect the winding up of subsidiaries within the year.

1 1 7

FINANCIALSNotes to the Company Financial Statements
continued

1. Profit for the financial period

The Company has taken advantage of section 408 of the Companies Act 2006 and consequently a profit and loss account for the 
Company alone has not been presented.

2. Investments in subsidiaries

Cost:

At 1 April 2021
Write-down of investments
At 1 April 2022
Write-down of investments
At 31 March 2023

Provision for impairment:
At 1 April 2021
Provided during the year
At 1 April 2022
Provided during the year
At 31 March 2023

Net book value at 31 March 2023

Net book value at 31 March 2022

Investments 
in subsidiaries
£’000

Loans 
to subsidiaries
£’000

183,614
(2,658)
180,956
–
180,956

58,047
45
58,092
18,134
76,226

104,730

122,864

–
 –
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
–

–

–

Total
£’000

183,614
(2,658)
180,956
–
180,956

58,047
45
58,092
18,134
76,226

104,730

122,864

The Group comprises a number of companies; all subsidiaries included within these financial statements are noted below:

Subsidiary undertaking:

Palace Capital (Leeds) Limited
Palace Capital (Northampton) Limited
Palace Capital (Properties) Limited
Palace Capital (Developments) Limited
Palace Capital (Halifax) Limited
Palace Capital (Manchester) Limited
Palace Capital (Liverpool) Limited
Palace Capital (Signal) Limited
Property Investment Holdings Limited
Palace Capital (Dartford) Limited
Palace Capital (Newcastle) Limited
Palace Capital (York) Limited
Associate Company:

HBP Services Limited*
Clubcourt Limited*

*  Held indirectly

Class of share held

% 
shareholding

Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary

Ordinary
Ordinary

100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100

21.4
40

Principal activity

Property Investments
Property Investments
Property Investments
Property Investments
Property Investments
Property Investments
Property Investments
Property Investments
Property Investments
Property Management
Property Investments
Property Management

Property Management
Property Management

The results of the associates are immaterial to the Group.

The registered addresses for the subsidiaries across the Group are consistent based on their country of incorporation and are as 
follows:

UK entities: Fora Victoria, 6-8 Greencoat Place, London, SW1P 1PL

1 1 8

PALACE CAPITAL PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023 
3. Listed equity investments

At 31 March 2021
Disposal of listed equity investment
At 31 March 2022 and 31 March 2023

4. Property, plant and equipment

At 31 March 2021
Additions
At 31 March 2022
Additions
At 31 March 2023
Depreciation

At 31 March 2021
Provided during the period
At 31 March 2022
Provided during the period
At 31 March 2023

Net book value at 31 March 2023

Net book value at 31 March 2022

Total
£’000

3,249
(3,249)
–

IT, fixtures 
and 
fittings £’000

269
22
291
8
299

201
47
248
29
277

22

43

1 1 9

FINANCIALSNotes to the Company Financial Statements
continued

5. Trade and other receivables

Amounts owed by subsidiary undertakings
Trade debtors
Other debtors
Accrued interest on amounts owed by subsidiary undertakings
Prepayments

2023
£’000

28,034
1,703
47
309
62
30,155

2022
£’000

36,374
5,607
44
309
242
42,576

Trade debtors represent amounts owed from subsidiary undertakings in relation to management charges.

All amounts that fall due for repayment within one year and are presented within current assets as required by the Companies Act. 
The amounts owed by subsidiary undertakings are repayable on demand with no fixed repayment date, although it is noted that 
a significant proportion of the amounts may not be sought for repayment within one year depending on activity in the subsidiary 
undertakings.

A loan amounting to £14,023,501 remains outstanding at 31 March 2023 (2022: £28,888,501) from Palace Capital (Developments) 
Limited. No interest is charged on this loan. This loan is repayable on demand.

A loan amounting to £153,534 remains outstanding at 31 March 2023 (2022: £519,534) from Palace Capital (Leeds) Limited. No 
interest is charged on this loan. This loan is repayable on demand.

A loan amounting to £1,079,417 remains outstanding at 31 March 2023 (2022: £2,781,417) from Palace Capital (Halifax) Limited. No 
interest is charged on this loan. This loan is repayable on demand.

A loan amounting to £1,645,430 remains outstanding at 31 March 2023 (2022: £4,034,646) from Palace Capital (Properties) Limited. 
No interest is charged on this loan. This loan is repayable on demand.

A loan amounting to £4,945,582 remains outstanding at 31 March 2023 (2022: £150,000) from Palace Capital (Northampton) Limited. 
No interest is charged on this loan. This loan is repayable on demand.

A loan amounting to £3,084,996 remains outstanding at 31 March 2023 (2022: £Nil) from Palace Capital (Manchester) Limited. No 
interest is charged on this loan. This loan is repayable on demand.

A loan amounting to £3,101,452 remains outstanding at 31 March 2023 (2022: £Nil) from Palace Capital (Newcastle) Limited. No 
interest is charged on this loan. This loan is repayable on demand.

6. Creditors: amounts falling due within one year

Trade creditors
Amount owed to subsidiary undertaking
Other taxes
Other creditors
Accruals and deferred income

2023
£’000

124
32,143
268
15
1,110
33,660

2022
£’000

168
27,528
278
5
974
28,953

A loan amounting to £19,264,032 remains outstanding at 31 March 2023 (2022 £10,113,143) to Palace Capital (Signal) Limited. No 
interest is charged on this loan. This loan is repayable on demand.

A loan amounting to £10,612,686 remains outstanding at 31 March 2023 (2022: £16,314,718) to Property Investment Holdings Limited. 
No interest is charged on this loan. This loan is repayable on demand.

A loan amounting to £2,146,000 remains outstanding at 31 March 2023 (2022: £1,100,000) to Palace Capital (Liverpool) Limited. No 
interest is charged on this loan. This loan is repayable on demand.

A loan amounting to £120,000 remains outstanding at 31 March 2023 (2022: £Nil) to Palace Capital (York) Limited. No interest is 
charged on this loan. This loan is repayable on demand.

1 2 0

PALACE CAPITAL PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 20237. Share capital

The details of the Company’s share capital are provided in note 21 of the notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

8. Leases

Operating lease payments in respect of rents on leasehold properties occupied by the Company are payable as follows:

Within one year

9. Post balance sheet events

2023
£’000

134
134

2022
£’000

19
19

Post year end, the Company purchased 505,000 ordinary shares from the open market for a total consideration of £1.2m. These shares 
have been transferred to treasury following the purchases.

1 2 1

FINANCIALSOfficers and Professional Advisors
continued 

Directors

Steven Owen 

Interim Executive  
Chairman

Matthew Simpson  Chief Financial Officer

Mark Davies 

Non-Executive  
Director

Secretary

Phil Higgins

Registered office

Fora Victoria  
6-8 Greencoat Place  
London 
SW1P 1PL

Registered number

05332938 (England and Wales)

Auditor

BDO LLP
55 Baker Street  
London 
W1U 7EU

Registrar

Link Group 
10th Floor 
Central Square  
29 Wellington Street 
Leeds  
LS1 4DL

Joint broker

Numis Securities Limited
45 Gresham Street 
London  
EC2V 7BF

Solicitors

Hamlins LLP
1 Kingsway  
London 
WC2B 6AN

CMS Cameron McKenna  

Nabarro Olswang LLP
1 South Quay  
Victoria Quays  
Sheffield 
S2 5SY

Walker Morris LLP
33 Wellington Street  
Leeds 
LS1 4DL

Investor & public relations

FTI Consulting
200 Aldersgate  
Aldersgate Street  
London 
EC1A 4HD

Bankers

Barclays Bank plc
69 Albion Street  
Leeds 
LS1 5AA

Lloyds Bank plc
25 Gresham Street  
London 
EC2V 7HN

National Westminster Bank plc
16 The Boulevard  
Crawley 
West Sussex  
RH10 1XU

Santander UK plc
Bridle Road 
Merseyside  
L30 4GB

1 2 2

PALACE CAPITAL PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023 
 
 
 
 
 
Glossary

Adjusted EPS: Is adjusted profit before tax less corporation tax 
charge on recurring earnings (excluding deferred tax movements) 
divided by the average basic number of shares in the period.

EPRA net tangible assets (EPRA NTA): Is the NAV adjusted 
to reflect the fair value of trading properties and to exclude 
deferred taxation and derivatives.

Adjusted profit before tax: Is the IFRS profit before taxation 
excluding investment property revaluations, gains/losses on 
disposals, acquisition costs, fair value movement in derivatives, 
share-based payments and exceptional items.

Assets Under Management (AUM): Is a measure of the total 
market value of all properties owned and managed by the Group.

Balance sheet gearing: Is the balance sheet net debt divided by 
IFRS net assets.

Building Research Establishment Environmental Assessment 
Methodology (BREEAM) rating: A set of assessment methods 
and tools designed to help construction professionals understand 
and mitigate the environmental impacts of the developments 
they design and build. Performance is measured across a series 
of ratings: Good, Very Good, Excellent and Outstanding.

Dividend cover: Is the Adjusted profit before tax plus trading 
profit divided by dividends paid in the period, expressed as a 
percentage.

Employee Benefit Trust (EBT): Employee Benefits Trust, 
administrator for the Company share plans.

Expected credit loss (ECL): In accordance with IFRS 9, the risk 
of recoverability of our rental arrears are assessed. This is done 
using a probability weighted estimate of credit losses, being the 
difference between the cash flows that are due in accordance 
with the contract and the cash flows that the Group expects to 
receive. This replaced the previous bad debt provision.

EPRA: Is the European Public Real Estate Association.

EPRA cost ratio (including direct vacancy costs): Is a 
proportionally consolidated measure of the ratio of net 
overheads and operating expenses against gross rental income 
(with both amounts excluding ground rents payable). Net 
overheads and operating expenses relate to all administrative 
and operating expenses, net of any service fees, recharges 
or other income specifically intended to cover overhead and 
property expenses.

EPRA cost ratio (excluding direct vacancy costs): Is the ratio 
calculated above, but with direct vacancy costs removed from the 
net overheads and operating expenses balance.

EPRA diluted EPS: Is EPRA earnings divided by the average 
diluted number of shares in the period.

EPRA earnings: Is the IFRS profit after taxation excluding 
investment property revaluations and gains/losses on disposals 
and changes in fair value of financial derivatives.

EPRA EPS: Is EPRA earnings divided by the average basic 
number of shares in the period.

EPRA net assets (EPRA NAV): Are the balance sheet net assets 
according to the definitions of the various NAV measures defined 
in the EPRA Best Practice Recommendations that came into 
effect for accounting periods starting 1 January 2020.

EPRA NTA per share: Is EPRA NTA divided by the diluted 
number of shares at the period end.

EPRA occupancy rate: Is the ERV of occupied space divided 
by ERV of the whole portfolio, excluding developments and 
residential property.

EPRA topped-up net initial yield: Is the current annualised 
rent, net of costs, topped up for contracted uplifts, where these 
are not in lieu of rental growth, expressed as a percentage of 
capital value.

EPRA vacancy rate: Is the ERV of vacant space divided by ERV 
of the whole portfolio, excluding developments and residential 
property.

Equivalent yield: Is the net weighted average return a property 
will produce based upon the timing of the income received. 
In accordance with usual practice, the equivalent yields (as 
determined by the external valuers) assume rent received 
annually in arrears.

Estimated rental value (ERV): Is the external valuers’ opinion as 
to the open market rent which, on the date of valuation, could 
reasonably be expected to be obtained on a new letting or rent 
review of a property.

IAS/IFRS: Is the International Financial Reporting Standards 
issued by the International Accounting Standards Board and 
adopted by the UK.

Interest cover ratio (ICR): Is the number of times net interest 
payable is covered by underlying profit before net interest 
payable and taxation.

Investment Property Databank (IPD): A wholly-owned 
subsidiary of MSCI producing an independent benchmark of 
property returns and the Group’s portfolio returns.

Key Performance Indicators (KPIs): Are the most critical 
metrics that measure the success of specific activities used to 
meet business goals – measured against a specific target or 
benchmark, adding context to each activity being measured.

Like-for-like net rental income: Is the change in net rental 
income on properties owned throughout the current and 
previous periods under review. This growth rate includes revenue 
recognition and lease accounting adjustments but excludes 
properties held for development in either period, properties with 
guaranteed rent reviews, asset management determinations and 
surrender premiums.

Like-for-like valuation: Is the change in the fair value of 
properties owned throughout the entire year.

This excludes properties acquired during the year and disposed 
of during the year but includes capital expenditure spent on the 
properties.

Loan to value (LTV): Is the ratio of principal value of gross debt 
less cash, short-term deposits and liquid investments to the 
aggregate fair value of properties and investments.

1 2 3

FINANCIALSTenant (or lease) incentives: Are any incentives offered to 
occupiers to enter into a lease. Typically the incentive will be an 
initial rent free period, or a cash contribution to fit-out or similar 
costs. Under accounting rules the value of lease incentives given 
to tenants is amortised through the Income Statement on a 
straight-line basis to the lease expiry.

Total Accounting Return (TAR): Is the increase or decrease in 
EPRA NAV per share plus dividends paid in the year, and this 
can be expressed as a percentage of EPRA NAV per share at the 
beginning of the period.

Total Expense Ratio: Is calculated as total administrative costs 
for the year divided by the total asset value in the year.

Total Property Return (TPR): Total property return is a 
performance measure calculated by the MSCI IPD and defined 
in the MSCI Global Methodology Standards for Real Estate 
Investment as “the percentage value change plus net income 
accrual, relative to the capital employed”.

Total Shareholder Return (TSR): Is calculated as the movement 
in the share price for the period plus dividends paid in the year, 
divided by opening share price.

Weighted average debt maturity: Is measured in years when 
each tranche of Group debt is multiplied by the remaining period 
to its maturity and the result is divided by total Group debt in 
issue at the period end.

Weighted average interest rate: Is the loan interest per 
annum at the period end, divided by total debt in issue at the 
period end.

Weighted average unexpired lease term (WAULT): Is the 
average lease term remaining to first break, or expiry, across 
the portfolio weighted by rental income. This is also disclosed 
assuming all break clauses are exercised at the earliest date,  
as stated.

WiredScore: Wired Certification is a commercial real estate  
rating system that empowers landlords to understand, improve, 
and promote their buildings’ digital infrastructure. Connectivity  
is measured across a series of ratings: Platinum, Gold, Silver  
and Certified.

Glossary

MSCI Inc. (MSCI IPD): Is a company that produces independent 
benchmarks of property returns. The Group measures its 
performance against both the Central London Offices Index and 
the UK All Property Index.

Net asset value (NAV) per share: Is the equity attributable to 
owners of the Group divided by the number of ordinary shares in 
issue at the period end.

Net initial yield (NIY): Is the current annualised rent, net of costs, 
expressed as a percentage of capital value, after adding notional 
purchaser’s costs.

Net rental income: Is the rental income receivable in the period 
after payment of net property outgoings. Net rental income 
will differ from annualised net rents and passing rent due to the 
effects of income from rent reviews, net property outgoings and 
accounting adjustments for fixed and minimum contracted rent 
reviews and lease incentives.

Net reversionary yield (NRY): Is the anticipated yield, which 
the initial yield will rise to once the rent reaches the estimated 
rental value.

Passing rent: Is the gross rent, less any ground rent payable 
under head leases.

Peer Group: A selection of small/medium sized property 
companies within the listed real estate sector with a diversified 
portfolio.

Portfolio Valuation: The value of the Company’s property 
portfolio, including all investment and trading properties as 
valued by our independent valuers, CBRE.

Property Income Distribution (PID): A dividend received by 
a Shareholder of the principal company in respect of profits 
and gains of the Property Rental Business of the UK resident 
members of the REIT Group or in respect of the profits or gains 
of a non-UK resident member of the REIT Group.

Property Portfolio: The total fair value of all investment 
properties and trading properties as determined by the third 
party valuer, CBRE.

Real Estate Investment Trust (REIT): A UK Real Estate 
Investment Trust must be a company listed on a recognised stock 
exchange with at least three-quarters of its profits and assets 
derived from a qualifying property rental business. Income and 
capital gains from the property rental business are exempt from 
tax but the REIT is required to distribute at least 90% of those 
profits to Shareholders. Tax is payable on profits from non-
qualifying activities of the residual business.

SONIA: Is the Sterling Overnight Index Average, the interest rate 
charged by one bank to another for lending money.

Special Purpose Vehicle (SPV): Is a separate legal entity created 
by an organisation. The SPV is a distinct company with its own 
assets and liabilities, as well as its own legal status. Usually, 
they are created for a specific objective, often which is to 
isolate financial risk. As it is a separate legal entity, if the Parent 
Company goes bankrupt, the special purpose vehicle can carry 
its obligations.

1 2 4

PALACE CAPITAL PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023The production of this report supports the work of the Woodland Trust, the 
UK’s leading woodland conservation charity. Each tree planted will grow 
into a vital carbon store, helping to reduce environmental impact as well as 
creating natural havens for wildlife and people.

CONTACT

Fora Victoria,  
6-8 Greencoat Place,  
London SW1P 1PL

palacecapitalplc.com

E: info@palacecapitalplc.com

Newcastle

York

Leeds

Halifax

Manchester

Liverpool

Leamington Spa

Northampton

Milton Keynes

Beaconsfield

Maidenhead

Newbury

Winchester

Farnborough

Salisbury

Fareham

Southampton

Gosport

Dartford

Sutton

East Grinstead

Burgess Hill

Brighton

Exeter